---

---

**UNITED STATESSECURITIES AND
  EXCHANGE COMMISSIONWashington, D.C. 20549**

FORM 10-K

(Mark one)x
      ANNUAL REPORT
      PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
    EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934For
      the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004ORo
      TRANSITION
          REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
      1934For
      the transition period from           to


Commission
file number 333-92214

Cellco
        Partnership(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
      22-3372889(State of Organization)
      (I.R.S. Employer
      Identification No.)180 Washington Valley RoadBedminster, NJ
      07921(Address of principal executive offices)
      (Zip Code)


Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (908) 306-7000

Securities registered
  pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

None

Securities registered pursuant
to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that
the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YesÖ_   No__

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.N/A

Indicate by check mark whether
the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes__   No Ö_

State the aggregate market value
  of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference
  to the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked
  price of such  common equity, as of the last business day of the registrants
  most recently completed second fiscal quarter:$0_

Documents incorporated by reference:

None

---

---

|TABLE OF CONTENTS                                                    |    |     
|-------------------------------------------------------------------- | -- | ----
|                                                                     |    |     
|Item No.                                                             |    | Page
|                                                                     |    |     
|1                                                                    | .  |     
|2                                                                    | .  |     
|3                                                                    | .  |     
|4                                                                    | .  |     
|                                                                     |    |     
|                                                                     |    |     
|                                                                     |    |     
|5                                                                    | .  |     
|                                                                     |    |     
|6                                                                    | .  |     
|7                                                                    | .  |     
|7                                                                    | A. |     
|8                                                                    | .  |     
|9                                                                    | .  |     
|9                                                                    | A. |     
|9                                                                    | B. |     
|                                                                     |    |     
|                                                                     |    |     
|                                                                     |    |     
|10                                                                   | .  |     
|11                                                                   | .  |     
|12                                                                   | .  |     
|13                                                                   | .  |     
|14                                                                   | .  |     
|                                                                     |    |     
|                                                                     |    |     
|                                                                     |    |     
|15                                                                   | .  |     
|                                                                     |    |     
|Signatures                                                           |    | 93  
|                                                                     |    |     
|Unless otherwise indicated, all information is as of March 10, 2005. |    |     
|                                                                     |    |     

Trademarks, servicemarks and other similar intellectual
  property owned by or licensed to us appear in italics.
  All other trademarks in this annual report are the property of their respective
owners.

In this annual report Verizon Wireless, the partnership, our company, we, us and our refer
  to Cellco Partnership, which does business as Verizon Wireless, and, unless the
  context indicates otherwise, its subsidiaries.

---



|**PART I
      Item 1. *Business***
|-----------------------------------

|Overview
|--------

We are the most profitable wireless communications provider in the U.S., in terms of operating income. We are the second largest domestic wireless carrier in terms of the number of customers
and revenues. We offer wireless voice and data services across one of the most extensive wireless networks in the U.S.:

- we had 43.8 million customers as of December 31, 2004, of which approximately 42.1 million were digital customers;
- we grew our customer base by 6.3 million and 5.0 million customers for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively;
- we had revenues of $27.7 billion and $22.5 billion for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively;
- we had operating income of $5.8 billion and $4.1 billion for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively;
- we had net income of $4.7 billion and $3.1 billion for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively;
- we have Federal Communications Commission (FCC) licenses to offer our services in areas where approximately 269 million people reside; and
- our owned and operated network provides service in, or covers, areas where approximately 90% of the population in our licensed markets resides, equating to coverage for approximately 243
million people, including in 49 of the top 50 and 97 of the top 100 most populated U.S. metropolitan areas.

Our owners are wholly-owned, indirect subsidiaries of Verizon Communications Inc. (Verizon Communications), which is the largest provider of wireline communications in the U.S., and
wholly-owned, indirect U.S. subsidiaries of Vodafone Group Plc (Vodafone), one of the leading wireless telecommunications companies in the world. We believe that our relationships with Verizon Communications and Vodafone afford us
benefits, including Verizon Communications own brand marketing efforts and promotional opportunities for us with its customer base, and Vodafones insights from its international markets.

|Industry Overview
|-----------------

General

Wireless communications systems use a variety of radio frequencies to transmit voice and data. Broadly defined, the wireless communications industry includes one-way radio applications, such as
paging services, and two-way radio applications, such as cellular telephone service, enhanced specialized mobile radio services (ESMR), personal communications services (PCS) and narrowband PCS service. The FCC licenses the
radio frequencies used to provide each of these applications and has authorized the use of certain unlicensed frequencies for certain wireless services.  See Business  Regulatory Environment  Spectrum Acquisitions.

Since the introduction of cellular service in 1983, the wireless communications industry has grown dramatically in the U.S. As illustrated by the following table, cellular, ESMR, and PCS
providers in the U.S. experienced compound rates of growth of 22.4% and 23.3% in total service revenues and customers, respectively, over the period from 1994 to 2003. Industry information for 2004 is not yet available.

Wireless Industry Statistics*

|                                                             |  |   | 1994 |   |   | 1995 |   |  | 1996 |   |   | 1997 |   |  | 1998 |   |   | 1999 |   |   | 2000  |   |   | 2001  |   |   | 2002  |   |   | 2003  |  
|------------------------------------------------------------ |  | - | ---- | - | - | ---- | - |  | ---- | - | - | ---- | - |  | ---- | - | - | ---- | - | - | ----- | - | - | ----- | - | - | ----- | - | - | ----- | -
|                                                            
|Total service revenues (in billions)                         |  | $ | 14.2 |   | $ | 19.1 | $ |  | 23.6 |   | $ | 27.5 | $ |  | 33.1 |   | $ | 40.0 |   | $ | 52.5  |   | $ | 65.0  |   | $ | 76.6  |   | $ | 87.6  |  
|Ending customers (in millions)                               |  |   | 24.1 |   |   | 33.8 |   |  | 44.0 |   |   | 55.3 |   |  | 69.2 |   |   | 86.0 |   |   | 109.5 |   |   | 128.4 |   |   | 140.8 |   |   | 158.7 |  
|Customer growth                                              |  |   | 50.8 | % |   | 40.0 | % |  | 30.4 | % |   | 25.6 | % |  | 25.1 | % |   | 24.3 | % |   | 27.3  | % |   | 17.3  | % |   | 9.7   | % |   | 12.8  | %
|Ending penetration                                           |  |   | 9.4  | % |   | 13.0 | % |  | 16.3 | % |   | 20.2 | % |  | 25.1 | % |   | 30.8 | % |   | 39.2  | % |   | 45.7  | % |   | 48.1  | % |   | 53.9  | %
|                                                             |  |   |      |   |   |      |   |  |      |   |   |      |   |  |      |   |   |      |   |   |       |   |   |       |   |   |       |   |   |       |  
|* Source: Cellular Telecommunications & Internet Association

1

---

Recent Industry Trends

The growth in the wireless communications industry in terms of customers, revenue and cash flow has been substantial and has been influenced by the following industry trends. While we believe
that the industry will continue to experience growth, we believe that, as penetration increases, the pace of future growth will depend to a greater extent on the development and uptake of new services.

More affordable pricing and new services are driving demand and penetration levels, and impacting network capacity.All national carriers are offering
larger bundles of included minutes, which improves the affordability of wireless service and results in increased penetration levels and usage. As price levels for wireless services have declined, many landline customers have shifted usage to
wireless and, in some cases, have made wireless their sole telecommunications service. In addition, usage has increased due to continuing innovations, including enhanced data capabilities, improved voice quality and custom calling features, which
have improved the customer experience.  While increasing usage is driving network efficiencies and revenue growth, it also is impacting demand, necessitating, in some markets, expenditures to both increase existing network capacity and acquire
additional spectrum.

Wireless data usage continues to increase due to the introduction of remote access, photo messaging, inter-carrier text messaging, and downloadable wireless data applications.Existing and future wireless data technologies, coupled with the widespread use of the Internet, have caused wireless service providers to focus on wireless data services. All national and most regional carriers
now offer two-way short messaging services (SMS), photo messaging and wireless Internet access.  SMS adoption and usage has been growing rapidly, particularly since the introduction of inter-carrier operability that permits the exchange
of messages between customers of different carriers. Additionally, photo messaging has grown rapidly with the greater penetration of camera phones. As carriers continue to upgrade their networks to enhance data-carrying capabilities and to permit
higher-speed data transmission, demand for remote access, wireless data applications and content such as image downloads, multimedia messaging (MMS), video, music, games and full browsing capabilities for laptop computer users is
expected to increase and drive incremental wireless usage.

New Technologies.In January 2004, Verizon Wireless announced the commencement of its rollout of the first national high-speed third generation
(3G) wireless network, based on Evolution  Data Optimized (EV-DO) technology, which is continuing this year. This was followed by announcements from the majority of the national carriers regarding their intentions to
build 3G networks of their own, including a number of carriers who are deploying global system for mobile communications (GSM)-based 3G technologies, such as WCDMA, which are not compatible with the technologies we have chosen.  The
availability of large-scale, high-speed wireless data networks is expected to stimulate the development of new, sophisticated services and devices, which will increase the capabilities and attractiveness of wireless services.

Other high-speed wireless technologies, such as Wi-Fi, WiMAX and other orthogonal frequency division multiplexing technologies, are also being deployed or proposed to meet the growing customer
appetite for wireless communications. These technologies represent both threats to, and opportunities for, current wireless carriers. They portend increasing competition from new entrants, while potentially providing added impetus for new service
development and increased customer adoption and usage of wireless services.

Voice over Wireless Local Area Network (VoWLAN). VoWLAN services are emerging with the proliferation of Wi-Fi-based wireless LANs in both the
home and enterprise environments.  Initially deployed to provide wireless broadband data access, the addition of Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) technology enables voice communications over these wireless LANs. Although currently
hampered by range, security and spectrum interference issues, these concerns are beginning to be addressed by new standards and technology advances, particularly the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 802.16 standard known as WiMAX,
which has the potential to provide wider coverage. Several device makers have announced dual mode handsets that can operate on Wi-Fi when within range of Wi-Fi access points, and also operate on cellular and PCS networks in other areas.

VoWLAN has the potential to displace cellular and PCS wireless usage. VoWLAN also presents an upside opportunity to increase wireless adoption and overall wireless usage as more consumers and
businesses opt for integrated mobile communications and services.

Industry Consolidation.As competition within the industry has intensified, it has driven carrier needs for increased network coverage and capacity,
and additional spectrum and scale efficiencies, in order to continue to meet customer requirements for affordable service and enhanced capabilities. This, in turn, has resulted in consolidation activity among four of the major carriers. On October
26, 2004, the then second and third largest carriers in terms of customers  Cingular and AT&T Wireless  merged to form the largest carrier, in terms of customers, in the U.S. On December 15, 2004, two other national carriers 
Sprint and Nextel  announced their intention to merge to form Sprint Nextel,
which would become the third largest carrier, in terms of customers, and reduce
the number of national carriers to four.

2

---

In addition to these consolidations among major carriers, there has been activity among smaller carriers. For example, in January 2005, ALLTEL Corporation announced an agreement to purchase
Western Wireless Corporation. Events such as this may signal the beginning of a round of industry consolidation among regional and rural carriers.

Increased Reseller Entrants.Resellers buy airtime from wireless carriers and resell it to their subscribers. Resellers represent a form of competition
for the retail channels of the underlying wireless carriers, but also may provide a means to market to and develop specific market segments that carriers may not address themselves. While resellers have been in existence since the early days of
cellular, over the last three years they have experienced improved customer growth.  In 2004, several large, branded companies from the wireline telecom, cable and entertainment industries announced intentions to enter, or entered, the wireless
reseller market with postpaid offerings.

Local Number Portability. Local Number Portability (LNP) went into effect in November 2003, allowing customers in the top 100 Metropolitan
Statistical Areas (MSAs) to keep their existing phone number when switching between providers of wireless and/or wireline communications.  In May 2004, LNP was extended to customers throughout the rest of the U.S. By making it easier for
customers to change carriers while keeping their existing phone numbers, LNP creates additional competitive pressure in an already competitive marketplace.

State and Local Regulation.An increasing number of state legislatures and state public utilities commissions have imposed or are considering burdensome regulations on our industry.
For example, some states have imposed their own universal service support requirements on wireless carriers. In some instances, these requirements have resulted in significant industry compliance costs. In addition, various states and localities
have become more active in imposing fees and taxes on wireless carriers and the services they offer, resulting in increased costs to customers. These additional costs may adversely affect customer demand for wireless services. See Business
 Regulatory Environment  State Regulation and Local Approvals.

Not only is the wireless communications industry undergoing consolidation-related structural change, but it is also experiencing significant technological change, including the increasing pace
of digital system changes, evolving industry standards, ongoing improvements in the capacity and quality of digital technology, shorter development cycles for new services, and changes in end-user needs and preferences. There is uncertainty
regarding the extent to which customer demand and service revenues will continue to increase. In addition, alternative technologies may develop for the provision of services to customers that may provide wireless communications services or
alternative services superior to those being offered by existing wireless providers.

|Business Strategy
|-----------------

Our goal is to be the acknowledged market leader in providing wireless voice and data communication services in the U.S. Our focus is on providing a high-quality, differentiated service across
a cost-effective digital network designed to meet the growing needs of our customers. To accomplish this goal, we plan to continue to implement the following key elements of our business strategy to differentiate our service:

Provide highest network quality.We will continue to build-out, expand and upgrade our network in an effort to provide sufficient capacity and seamless
and superior coverage throughout our licensed area so that our customers can enjoy consistent features and high-quality service, regardless of location. We will continue to explore strategic opportunities to expand our overall national coverage
through selective acquisitions of wireless operations and spectrum licenses. We believe that network quality is a key differentiator in the U.S. market and a driver of customer satisfaction. Code division multiple access (CDMA) 1XRTT
digital technology is deployed throughout virtually all of our network. This technology allows us to deliver significantly higher data rates than our previous technologies for wireless data applications, such as enterprise applications, image
downloading, music, games and full browsing capabilities for laptop computer users. In addition to providing 1XRTT digital service, we also continue to support analog service in substantial portions of our network.

We are now in the process of a national rollout of EV-DO technology, which will significantly increase data transmission rates on existing applications and enable the provisioning of enhanced
data applications that can operate at broadband speeds. As of December 31, 2004, our EV-DO service was deployed in 32 markets, covering a population of approximately 76 million. We plan to make EV-DO available to business and retail consumer
customers throughout additional portions of our national footprint in 2005. We are also committed to continuing to evaluate new and alternative technologies to enable us to further develop our network capabilities and enhance network efficiencies in
order to meet the growing demand for all forms of wireless services.

Profitably acquire, satisfy and retain our customers and increase the value of our service offerings to customers.Our revenue and net income growth will
be achieved by retaining our existing base of customers and increasing their usage of our services, as well as by obtaining new customers. We believe a superior network and quality customer service increases customer satisfaction, which reduces
churn, and is a key differentiator in the wireless industry. We are committed to providing high-quality customer service, investing in loyalty and retention efforts and continually monitoring customer satisfaction in all facets of our service. Key
elements of our commitment to customer service include ourWorry Free Guarantee, which outlines the specifics of

3

---

our commitment to each Verizon Wireless customer, incentives for two-year contracts, and convenient locations to initiate service and receive customer support. In addition, we believe that increasing the value of our
service offerings to customers will increase retention of existing customers and attract new customers. We will continue to offer clear and simple-to-understand service offerings, such as ourAmericas
Choiceplans, which offer a choice in amounts of bundled minutes together with no roaming or long distance charges for calls on our preferred network.

Continue to expand our wireless data, messaging and multi-media offerings for both consumer and business customers.We believe that we are in a strong
position to take advantage of the growing demand for wireless data services. Our strategy is to leverage our leadership position in the marketplace to be the carrier of choice for wireless data products and services, creating customized solutions
for vertical markets and offering a wide variety of data options, including downloadable applications for both enterprises and consumers.

Focus on operating margins and operational and capital efficiency.We believe that our success will depend, in part, on our ability to continue to
maintain our operating margins. We continue to leverage our scale advantage to drive down costs and gain additional efficiencies throughout the business. Streamlining and enhancing our processes and systems for customer service and sales have
increased workforce productivity and distribution efficiency. We continue to drive network efficiencies in telecom facilities, long distance and roaming costs. We improve our capital efficiency by handling more network traffic per capital
dollar.

|Strategic Acquisitions
|----------------------

One of our primary business strategies is to build-out and expand the capacity and coverage of our digital network so that we may provide sufficient capacity and seamless and superior coverage
nationally on a cost-efficient basis. To help us implement this strategy, we have entered into several recent transactions to acquire spectrum licenses and other assets of providers in certain markets, and we participated in a recent FCC auction in
which we were the winning bidder for certain PCS licenses.

On October 29, 2004, we acquired a 10 MHz PCS license from NextWave Telecom Inc. covering the New York basic trading area (BTA) for $930 million in cash. The license, which covers
New York City and northern and central New Jersey, as well as Westchester and Rockland counties in New York, provides additional capacity for voice and data services.

On November 4, 2004, we signed an agreement for our purchase of all of the stock of NextWave Telecom Inc., pursuant to which we will acquire 23 PCS licenses for $3 billion in cash. The licenses
cover a population of approximately 73 million and will provide spectrum capacity in key markets such as New York, Los Angeles, Boston, Washington D.C. and Detroit, and will expand our footprint into Tulsa, Oklahoma. The Department of Justice, the
FCC and the Bankruptcy Court have all approved the transaction, which is expected to close in April 2005.

On December 22, 2004, we signed an agreement with Urban Comm-North Carolina, Inc. to purchase PCS spectrum in ten markets in eastern North Carolina for $68.5 million in cash. The licenses,
which cover a population of approximately 3.9 million, provide both additional capacity for voice and data services as well as service expansion opportunities in certain of the license areas. The Department of Justice and the Bankruptcy Court have
approved the transaction; however, it is subject to Urban Comm and the FCC reaching agreement settling certain pending matters, as well as approval of the transaction by the FCC.  The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2005.

On February 24, 2005, we signed an agreement with MetroPCS, Inc. to purchase 10 MHz of PCS spectrum covering the San Francisco BTA for a purchase price of $230 million. The transaction is subject to the approval of the FCC and the Department of Justice, and is expected to close in the second quarter of 2005.

On March 4, 2005, we completed the purchase from Qwest Wireless, LLC of all of its PCS licenses and related network assets for $418 million in cash. The licenses cover a population of
approximately 30.9 million in 62 markets, and will provide needed capacity in certain of our existing major markets, such as Denver, Portland, Phoenix, Salt Lake City and Seattle.

On March 11, 2005, we
signed an agreement with Cricket Communications, Inc., a subsidiary of Leap Wireless
International, Inc., to purchase PCS licenses and related network assets covering
the  Michigan BTAs of Battle Creek, Flint, Kalamazoo and Jackson, and additional
PCS licenses in 15 other markets in Michigan, Wisconsin, Alabama, Arkansas, Mississippi
and New York, for $102.5 million in cash. These other licenses will provide an
 opportunity for additional expansion into markets in Michigan,  Arkansas, Alabama,
 Mississippi and Wisconsin, and necessary capacity for existing markets in Michigan,
Arkansas, Alabama, Mississippi and upstate New York. The transaction is subject
to approval by the FCC and the Department of Justice, and is expected to close
around the middle of 2005.

On February 15, 2005, the FCC
concluded an auction of 242 PCS licenses. We were the high bidder on 26 licenses,
with bids totaling $364.9 million. The 26 licenses cover a population of  approximately
20 million, including approximately 2.2 million in markets where we do not currently
hold licenses. The licenses cover major markets, such as Charlotte, Cleveland,
St. Louis and

4

---

San Diego. In addition, Vista PCS, LLC (Vista) was high bidder on 37 licenses available only to entities qualifying as a small business under FCC rules. Vista is a joint venture owned 80% by us and
20% by Valley Communications, LLC, which controls it, although we will consolidate its results with ours.  Vistas winning bids totaled $332.4 million.  The 37 licenses cover a population of approximately 34.4 million, including approximately
2.2 million in markets where we do not currently hold licenses. The licenses cover major markets, such as Charlotte, Cincinnati, Houston, Norfolk, Pittsburgh and Seattle. We have committed funding to Vista, through capital contributions and loans,
in the amount of $314 million towards the payment for the licenses.

Final payments to the FCC for the licenses won by both Verizon Wireless and Vista are due on March 21, 2005. The FCC will review the applications submitted by the high bidders and is expected
to grant the licenses by the end of the second quarter of 2005.

Other acquisitions consisted of various individually immaterial wireless licenses (including, in some cases, related network assets and customers) and partnership interests.

|Competition
|-----------

There is substantial competition in the wireless telecommunications industry. We expect competition to intensify as a result of the higher penetration levels that currently exist in the
industry, ongoing industry consolidation, LNP, the development and deployment of new technologies, the introduction of new products and services, the availability of additional spectrum, both licensed and unlicensed, and regulatory changes. Other
wireless providers, including other cellular and PCS operators and resellers, serve each of the markets in which we operate. We currently provide service to 49 of the top 50 markets in the U.S., and each of these 49 markets has an average of four
other competing wireless providers. Competition also may increase if smaller, stand-alone wireless providers transfer licenses to larger, better capitalized and more experienced wireless providers. In addition, resellers that buy bulk wholesale
service from carriers for resale provide another set of differentiated competitors in the marketplace.

We compete primarily against four other national wireless service providers: Cingular Wireless, Nextel Communications, Sprint PCS and T-Mobile USA. In addition, in many markets we also compete
with regional carriers, such as ALLTEL and US Cellular. On December 15, 2004, Sprint and Nextel announced an agreement for a merger of equals between their companies. Based on publicly reported information, the two entities, if fully combined as of
December 31, 2004, would have been the third largest U.S. wireless service provider in terms of customers. The Sprint-Nextel merger is subject to shareholder and regulatory approvals. Sprint and Nextel have announced that they expect the transaction
to close in the second half of 2005.

We believe that the following are the most important competitive factors in our industry:

Network quality, capacity
and coverage.In recent years, competition
in our industry has led to lower prices and to the popularity of pricing plans
that  do not charge for roaming which, in turn, has led to increased minutes
of use per customer. As a result, the ability to keep pace with network capacity
needs and offer high quality national coverage through ones
own network is important. We have an extensive national network, and we continue
to look for expansion opportunities through the build-out of existing licenses,
acquisitions and/or spectrum leasing. We own licenses that cover much of the
country but we will need to spend significant amounts to expand our capacity
and extend our coverage area. Most of our competitors also have these needs and
they are using similar means to address them.

Customer service. Quality customer service is essential to ensure that existing customers do not terminate service and to obtain new customers. With LNP,
customers may find it easier to switch their service to an alternate carrier, since they can take their telephone number with them to that carrier. We believe that our quality customer service will be a key factor in retaining our customers and in
attracting customers who want to switch from other carriers. We are very focused on continually enhancing our customer service. Our competitors also recognize the importance of customer service and are also focusing on improving the customer
experience.

Pricing.Service and equipment pricing is an important area in which wireless carriers compete. We seek to compete in this area by offering our customers
services and equipment that they will regard as the best available value for their money.

Product Development.As wireless technologies develop and wireless broadband networks proliferate, continued customer and revenue growth will be
increasingly dependent on the development of new and enhanced products and services. We are committed to continue pursuing the development, evaluation and rapid deployment of new and innovative devices and customer solutions.

5

---

Distribution.Key to achieving sales success in the wireless industry is the reach and quality of sales channels and distribution points.  We believe
that the optimal mix of direct, indirect and wholesale distribution channels is an important ingredient in achieving industry-leading sales. A goal of our distribution strategy is to increase sales through our company-operated stores and our outside
sales team, as well as through telemarketing and web-based sales and fulfillment capabilities. Supplementing this is an extensive indirect distribution network of full-service retail outlets and prepaid replenishment locations, as well as various
resellers who buy our service on a wholesale basis.

Capital resources.In order to expand the capacity and coverage of their networks and introduce new products and services, wireless providers require
significant capital resources. We generate significant cash flow from operations and have well-capitalized owners. Some of our competitors also have significant cash flow and well-capitalized owners.

As a result of competition, we may encounter further market pressures to:

- respond to particular short-term, market-specific situations, such as promotional service pricing or equipment discounts;
- introduce new service offerings at lower prices or restructure our service packages to offer more value;
- increase advertising spending; or
- increase our capital investment to ensure we maintain or enhance our service quality.

Such market pressures could cause us to experience lower revenues, margins and average revenue per user, as well as increased capital spending to ensure proper capacity levels.

Our success will depend on our ability to anticipate and respond to various factors affecting the industry, including the factors described above, as well as new technologies, changes in
customer preferences, regulatory changes, demographic trends, economic conditions, and pricing strategies of competitors.

|Wireless Services
|-----------------

Our service packages are designed around key customer groups, from the young adult market to multinational business accounts. We tailor our wireless services, which include both voice and data
offerings, and postpaid and prepaid pricing options, to the needs of these customers.

Our voice offerings include enhanced features, such as caller ID, call waiting and call forwarding, three-way calling, no answer/busy transfer and voice mail. In addition, with IN
Calling as part of ourAmericas Choiceplans, our customers can call each other on their mobile phones within our preferred network at no additional charge and
without the call time counting against their minutes allotment. We also offer, for a monthly fee, complementary services such as roadside assistance, handset insurance through third party insurance providers, and extended warranty.

We are a leader in providing wireless data services in the U.S., and offer both data transmission and content services. Data services accounted for 4.6% of our service revenue for the year
ended December 31, 2004, compared to 2.2% for the year ended December 31, 2003.

Wireless Service Offerings

Postpaid services.We offer a variety of simple, straightforward packages with features and competitive pricing plans that are generally offered on a
postpaid basis with a contract term and are designed to meet the needs of various consumer and business users at the local, regional and national level. Approximately 92% of our customers receive our services on a retail, postpaid basis.
Specifically, we offer:

- theAmericas Choiceplans, which offer a choice in amounts of bundled minutes, together with no additional roaming and long distance charges for calls on our preferred network within the U.S. and, in some instances, Canada and Mexico;
- family/small group and shared minute plans designed for multiple-user households and small businesses; and
- plans targeted to enterprise accounts, including corporate plans for businesses with over 100 lines, and national account plans targeted to businesses with over 1,000 lines.

We set consistent pricing guidelines in order to maintain uniform marketing practices across our markets, but we customize our plans by local market based on competitive needs, in terms of the
number of minutes and other features included at each access point.

6

---

Prepaid services.Our national digital prepaid product enables individuals to obtain wireless service without a long-term contract by paying in advance.
While we have historically experienced higher churn rates with our prepaid customers than other customers, our experience has been that the increased churn is offset, at least in part, by the lower costs of acquiring new prepaid customers and the
absence of payment defaults.

Push to Talk. In August 2003, we launched Push to Talk (PTT), which is a walkie-talkie style service using VoIP technology. Push to Talk is
available utilizing PTT-style handsets as an add-on feature for an additional monthly charge.

NationalAccess.In 2002, we launched 1XRTT digital technology, which enabled higher-speed applications such as enterprise applications, image downloads,
music, games and full browsing capabilities for laptop computer users.  1XRTT is capable of typical data rates of 60 to 80 kilobits per second (kbps), with bursts of up to 144 kbps, depending on network traffic levels. 1XRTT is now
generally deployed across our entire coverage footprint.

BroadbandAccess. In 2003, we commercially launched EV-DO, our Wide Area Network packet IP solution that we market as BroadbandAccess, in San Diego and in
Washington, D.C. In 2004, we deployed EV-DO service in 30 additional metropolitan areas. We believe that EV-DO, which provides average download speeds between 400-700 kbps (with bursts capable of reaching speeds up to 2 megabits per second
(mbps), is the fastest wide-area, fully mobile wireless Internet data solution commercially available in the U.S. marketplace today.  We plan to make this service available to customers in additional portions of our national footprint
during 2005.

V CAST. On February 1, 2005, we began offering our V CAST service on new EV-DO-enabled handsets. For a monthly access fee, which is in addition to their
voice calling plan access charge, V CAST customers can get unlimited access to a wide array of more than 300 daily-updated videos from leading content providers of current news, weather, sports and entertainment programming, and also receive
unlimited browsing of our Mobile Web 2.0 news and information service. For additional fees, premium content, such as 3-D games and music videos, is also available.

Get It Now.OurGet It Nowservice uses binary runtime environment for wireless
technology from Qualcomm, which adds limited computer-like functionality to handsets, enabling applications to be downloaded over-the-air directly to the customers wireless device. OurGet It
Nowservice now includes a library of more than 500 applications such as ring tones, games, alerts, Mobile Instant Messaging and VerizonSuperpages.Our customers conducted approximately 100 million transactions from ourGet It Nowcatalog in 2004, compared to approximately 35 million in 2003.

Text Messaging  SMS.Our TXT Messaging service offers two-way short messaging, which allows customers to send and receive text messages. We also
offer a Send A Group Message webpage with confirmed message delivery, over 100 info alert categories, Group Chat, Private Chat and Mobile Instant Messaging. In addition, our inter-carrier messaging service provides inter-operability of
short messaging services to numerous U.S. and international wireless providers networks. Our customers sent or received approximately 10 billion text messages in 2004, compared to approximately 3.9 billion in 2003.

Picture Messaging  MMS.This service offers customers the ability to take pictures using a camera phone, customize those pictures with accompanying
text or sounds, and send them to other compatible camera phones, any email address and/or an online personal webpage.  Customers can pay for the service on either a per-use or bundled basis.  Our customers sent approximately 100 million picture
messages in 2004, compared to approximately 13 million in 2003.

Mobile Web.OurMobile Web service offers customized access to content through
our portal, which is co-branded with Microsoft.  This service allows customers to access the Internet, e-mail and personal information management tools, such as calendars and address books, through handset-based menus.  In 2004, we launched several
enhancements to Mobile Web, including Mobile Web 2.0, which allows our customers to subscribe to premium content for a monthly fee. We also launched self-provisioning, which provides customers the ability to subscribe to Mobile Web service via their
handset without having to speak with a customer service representative.

Wireless Business Solutions  VZOffice.VZOffice,comprised ofVZAccess,VZEmailandVZCustom, provides and/or enhances wireless access to the enterprise customers corporate applications. Wireless data solutions are provided directly through Verizon Wireless or in combination
with third-party joint marketing partners.

> VZAccess.In addition to providing NationalAccess and BroadbandAccess, we offer business access solutions for accessing the Internet and
>     corporate intranet through third-party partners, which allow for optimized wireless access to the customers corporate applications or databases.
>   VZEmail.Our corporate customers can wirelessly send and receive email using various handheld devices, including wirelessly-equipped PDA
>     devices.

7

---

> VZCustom.We offer horizontal and vertical solutions, deployed behind the customers firewall or in an alternate service provider
>     model, that provide or extend current business applications or database information, such as labor force automation and automatic vehicle location.

Telematics.Telematics involves the integration of wireless services into vehicles. Telematics products offer a variety of voice and data services,
including directions, one-button access to an operator for roadside assistance or emergency services, mobile email and traffic alerts, and also permit an operator to access a vehicles on-board diagnostic sensors to identify problems or to
locate a stolen car. We are currently the national provider of wireless service for  OnStar, BMW Assist and Mercedes TeleAid. We do not currently include telematics customers in our companys customer count.

Wireless Devices

We believe our position in the U.S. wireless industry has enabled us to become a service provider of choice for wireless device manufacturers and has helped us to develop exclusive offers for
our customers and branded handsets that complement our focus on high-quality service and an optimal user experience. For example, in May 2004 we launched Global Phone, the first CDMA/GSM handset, made by Samsung, and in June 2004 we launched the LG
VX 7000 video messaging phone with our exclusive user interface that provides clear and simple access to the phones features and functions. We were the first carrier to introduce EV-DO PCMCIA cards for high-speed data access via laptops, and
in November 2004 we introduced the first EV-DO Pocket PC PDA, the Harrier from Microsoft. In addition, we were the first carrier to offer EV-DO handsets, with our launch, in February 2005, of three devices  the LG VX 8000, Samsung
a890 and UTStarcom CDM8940.

All of the wireless devices that we offer are compatible with our 1XRTT network and, through GPS functionality, all of the handsets we offer are compliant with the FCCs E911 requirements.
 All of the handsets that we offer are also headphone/earphone compatible. In addition, we offer our customers accessories, such as chargers, headsets, belt clips, faceplates and batteries.

Suppliers

We purchase handset and accessory products from a number of manufacturers, with the substantial majority of our purchases made from LG InfoComm, Samsung, Motorola, Kyocera, UTStarcom and Nokia.
A key component of all wireless handsets is the chipset, which contains the intelligence of the handset. All of our handset suppliers rely on Qualcomm Incorporated for the manufacturing and supplying of chipsets, except for Nokia, which
produces its own CDMA-1XRTT chipsets. In addition, there are a number of other components common to wireless handsets provided by various electronic component manufacturers that we do not deal with directly. Disruption of the supply of Qualcomm
chipsets to a number of our core suppliers, a shortage of other common components to a number of suppliers, or a disruption of manufacturing activities generally in a country where a significant portion of our handsets are manufactured, could have a
material adverse effect on the availability of handsets to sell to our customers. In addition, because GSM network technology leads in the global mobile wireless industry in terms of market share, the worldwide demand for GSM-based wireless devices
is greater than for CDMA-based devices. GSMs scale advantage may enable lower device costs and a faster pace of device technology evolution.

Product Supply Chain

We have developed relationships with New Breed Logistics, Inc. and Communications Test Design, Inc. for substantially all of our handset and other product warehousing, distribution and direct
customer fulfillment. We do not own significant product warehousing and distribution infrastructure.

Paging

We offer local, regional and nationwide messaging and narrowband PCS services in all 50 states, the District of Columbia and portions of Canada. Compared to traditional messaging, narrowband
PCS permits us to offer more services, including two-way messaging, the ability to reply to e-mails and to deliver a variety of information services, such as mail, weather summaries, news and other information.  We had approximately 1.3 million
units in service as of December 31, 2004, a reduction of approximately 233,000 units since December 31, 2003. Like many others in the paging industry, we have experienced a decline in the number of paging units in service and expect the decline to
continue. We do not currently include paging customers in our companys customer count.

|Network
|-------

We have licenses to provide mobile wireless services on the 800 MHz and/or 1800-1900 MHz portions of the radio spectrum in areas in which approximately 269 million people, or approximately 92%
of the U.S. population, reside. The 800 MHz portion is used to provide both analog and digital cellular services, while our 1800-1900 MHz areas provide all-digital PCS services. We

8

---

also have licenses through which we provide messaging and narrowband PCS services in substantial geographic areas of the U.S. on those portions of the radio spectrum set aside for those services. We obtained our domestic
spectrum assets through application lotteries, mergers, acquisitions, purchases, exchanges, FCC auctions and allotments of cellular licenses.

Technology

CDMA technology, based on spread-spectrum digital radio technology, is our primary network technology platform. We began implementing CDMA digital technology in 1996 with the deployment of IS-95, a digital standard. Since
2003, our digital service has been available to all of the population to which we provide coverage. Our network is one of the most extensive digital mobile wireless networks of any company in the U.S., supporting approximately 42.1 million digital
customers as of December 31, 2004. Digital usage currently accounts for more than 99% of our busy-hour traffic.

Technology Evolution

In the first quarter of 2002, we commercially launched CDMA technologys compatible 1XRTT upgrade, a wireless technology developed by Qualcomm as part of its family of technologies known as CDMA2000, a service mark of the Telecommunications Industry Association. 1XRTT is presently deployed in virtually all of our cell sites nationwide. We believe that 1XRTT offers
several advantages.  In addition to increasing the voice traffic capacity available to us, 1XRTT provides increased data rates, typically 60 - 80 kbps with bursts up to 144 kbps. Further, 1XRTT is a modular upgrade that has proven to be
cost-effective and practical for rapid nationwide deployment. In addition, 1XRTT is the wireless technology that enabled our successful launch of MMS, our picture messaging service, in 2003.  MMS is among our fastest growing data applications. IXRTT
is also the air interface for our Push to Talk service that was introduced in 2003 using VoIP technology.

In addition to 1XRTT, the CDMA2000 technology path includes EV-DO, a 3G packet-based technology intended primarily for
data transmission, and we believe that it is the fastest commercial wide-area wireless data technology available today in the U.S. EV-DO data download speeds average between 400-700 kbps with bursts up to 2 mbps, with actual speeds dependent on
factors such as distance from the cell site, the capacity of the transport facility between the cell site and the switch facility, and interference. EV-DO is capable of upload speeds of typically 60-80 kbps, with bursts up to 144 kbps. As with
1XRTT, we are able to implement EV-DO by changing and/or adding modular components and software in our network.

We launched commercial EV-DO service, branded and marketed as BroadbandAccess, in San Diego and in Washington, D.C. and certain of its suburbs in October 2003. In 2004, we commercially deployed
our EV-DO technology in an additional 30 of our largest markets. Coverage expansions and additional market launches are planned for 2005. Because EV-DO is backward compatible, our customers who travel outside of our EV-DO network with an EV-DO
device will switch to our existing 1XRTT network.

Competing wireless service providers have chosen GSM or other technologies as the technology platforms for their networks. While we believe our technology and its upgrades offer many
advantages, at present, GSM leads in worldwide market share. GSMs scale advantages may result in lower equipment costs and a greater level of research and development investment, enabling more competitive system features and functionality.
Many GSM operators plan to deploy or are deploying new technologies to offer third-generation services. However, these new technologies are incompatible with CDMA2000. We are
evaluating the benefits of EV-DO Revision A, a CDMA2000 technology that enables faster data rates and higher system capacity, and we will continue to evaluate the benefits of
other technologies as they become available.

In addition to the multiple, competing next generation standards, there are several options within each standard, incompatibilities, vendor-proprietary variations and rapid technological
innovations.  There are risks that current or future versions of digital technologies, including the technologies and evolutionary path that we have selected, may not be demanded or provide the advantages that we expect. There are also risks related
to the timely availability, quality, performance and cost of equipment and software. In addition, problems in vendor and equipment availability, technical resources or system performance could delay the launch of operations in new markets, network
expansions in existing markets, or conversion to new or upgraded technologies or result in increased costs.

Our network includes various elements of redundancy designed to enhance the reliability of our service, including backup power supplies at most cell sites and all of our switches, as well as
secondary transport facilities, to support critical links in the network. However, because of natural or man-made disasters, network failures may occur or the network may be unable to meet unusually high resulting traffic demands, and such lapses in
our service could harm our ability to attract and retain customers.

Network Capacity and Coverage

Our network is among the largest in the U.S., with licensed and operational coverage in 49 of the 50 largest metropolitan areas. As of December 31, 2004, our built network, which includes approximately 22,200 cell sites,
covered a population of

9

---

approximately 243 million and provides service to approximately 43.8 million customers.  In addition, we have roaming agreements with a variety of providers, such as ALLTEL, Sprint PCS, Cingular Wireless, US Cellular, and
Western Wireless, to enable our customers to receive wireless service in virtually all areas in the U.S. where wireless service is available. Many of these roaming agreements are terminable at will by either party upon several months notice.
Some competitors, because of their call volumes or their affiliations with, or ownership of, other wireless providers, may be able to obtain roaming rates that are more favorable than the rates we obtain.

We offer analog and digital service in our 800 MHz markets and digital service in our 1800-1900 MHz markets. While our 800 MHz markets are substantially built-out, some of our 1800-1900 MHz
markets still require significant build-out and, overall, areas where approximately 10% of the population in our licensed areas, or nearly 26 million people, reside are not yet covered. In addition, even those areas of our network that are
substantially built require upgrades to increase capacity and to accommodate succeeding generations of digital technology.

As we continue to build and upgrade our network, we must complete a variety of steps, including securing rights to a large number of cell site and switch site locations and obtaining zoning and
other governmental approvals. Adding new cell sites has become increasingly difficult. In particular, higher density wireless networks require more engineering precision, as cell site coverage areas become smaller and acceptable locations for new
sites must be specifically located within one or two city blocks. In some instances, we have encountered difficulty in obtaining the necessary site leases at commercially reasonable rates and the zoning approvals needed to construct new towers. In
addition, the ability to buy or lease property, obtain zoning approval and construct the required number of radio facilities at locations that meet the engineering design requirements is uncertain. We utilize tower site management firms, including
Crown Castle International Corp., American Tower Corporation and SpectraSite, Inc., among others, as lessors or managers of the majority of our existing tower sites upon which our operations depend, and plan to rely upon them for some of the sites
we expect to add in the future.

Our primary cell site equipment infrastructure vendor is Lucent Technologies Inc., which currently provides approximately two-thirds of our cell site equipment, and Nortel Networks Corp. and
Motorola, Inc., which provide nearly all of our remaining cell site equipment. In addition, we rely upon Lucent and Nortel for substantially all of our switching equipment. The majority of our markets are restricted, for reasons of economic
practicality and/or technical compatibility, to using cell site equipment provided by the supplier of the switch serving that particular market. However, we have deployed interoperable switch and base station equipment from two of our infrastructure
suppliers in several markets and have been successful in establishing interoperability between Motorola cell sites and Nortel switches for most features and attributes.

While we provide digital coverage in all of our markets, we will continue to simultaneously provide analog coverage in our cellular markets. We will re-evaluate the need for continuing analog
coverage as we near February 18, 2008, the date after which the FCC will no longer require cellular carriers to provide analog cellular service. See Business  Regulatory Environment Broadband Wireless Services
Systems.

Spectrum

We own a combination of spectrum licenses in the 800 MHz and 1800-1900 MHz bands that can be used for wireless voice and data telecommunications, including Internet access. As of December 31,
2004, we were licensed to offer services in areas where approximately 269 million people reside. These licenses consist principally of spectrum bands of 10, 15, 25 and 30 MHz of spectrum. The 800 MHz band licenses, which have a bandwidth of 25 MHz,
are licensed by geographic areas known as either Metropolitan Statistical Areas (MSAs) or Rural Service Areas (RSAs). The 1800  1900 MHz band licenses, generally in 10, 15 and 30 MHz bandwidths, are licensed by geographic areas known as
Major Trading Areas (MTAs) and Basic Trading Areas (BTAs) or partitioned portions of such areas. Depending on the location, we service a market with either one or a combination of the various licenses, which combine to give
us spectrum levels across our licensed footprint generally ranging from 10 MHz up to 55 MHz. We license spectrum in 97 of the top 100 BTAs in the U.S., and in those 97 BTAs, we average approximately 31MHz.

In November 2004, we and Valley Communications, LLC formed Vista PCS, LLC to bid as a designated entity under the FCCs rules for PCS licenses auctioned by the FCC in Auction No. 58, which
concluded in February 2005. As of December 31, 2004, we had an approximately 80% non-controlling equity interest in Vista, with the balance owned by Valley Communications. Vista is controlled by Valley Communications, which in turn is controlled by
James A. Dwyer, Jr. Mr. Dwyer is the chief executive officer of Vista and the managing member of Valley Communications. Valley Communications has the right to put its interest in Vista to us at a price in cash equal to its initial investment in
Vista plus a specified rate of return. In November 2004, we and Vista entered into a management agreement whereby we will act as the manager of Vistas wireless systems, subject to Vistas oversight and control.

At the conclusion of Auction No. 58, Vista was high bidder with respect to 37 licenses, which cover a population of 34.4 million. We also participated in Auction No. 58 and were the high bidder
on 26 licenses, which cover a population of approximately 20 million.

10

---

If we considered all acquisition transactions that are pending completion in 2005, including Auction No. 58 for both us and Vista, we would have access to spectrum in all of the top 100 BTAs, and in those BTAs, we would
average 39.9 MHz.

We expect that the demand for our wireless voice and data services will continue to grow over the next several years. See Business  Industry Overview. Various recent spectrum
acquisitions, including transactions with Northcoast Communications, L.L.C., NextWave, and Qwest Wireless, among others, have enabled us to meet near-term spectrum requirements in many markets. See Business  Strategic Acquisitions.
However, based upon our current assumptions as to growth in demand for voice and data services from our existing and new customers, and our present plans for improving the efficiency of our use of our existing spectrum, we will need additional
spectrum in certain of our markets to meet anticipated demand in the next one to two years. We will continue to seek additional spectrum to meet our requirements. In addition to acquiring spectrum in the secondary market, one of the primary means to
acquire additional spectrum is through participation in FCC auctions, such as the recently completed Auction No. 58 in which we participated. The FCC has tentatively scheduled an auction for July 2006 of at least 90 MHz of spectrum in the 1700 MHz
and 2100 MHz bands that would be technically suitable for mobile and fixed wireless services but which is currently encumbered by existing license holders. In addition, the FCC has also designated for possible auction spectrum in the 700 MHz band
and two additional 10 MHz blocks of PCS spectrum in the H and J bands, also encumbered by existing license holders, but has not yet announced when an auction for this spectrum will occur. See Business  Regulatory Environment 
Spectrum Acquisitions. Because this spectrum is encumbered, we do not anticipate that it will be useable for commercial purposes for at least three to four years. Therefore, we intend to continue to acquire the additional spectrum we will need
over the next several years primarily through acquisitions from existing license holders. However, we expect substantial competition in acquiring new spectrum, and we may not be able to purchase all of the additional spectrum we need in certain
markets on favorable terms, or at all.

We could take various steps, beyond those in our current plans, to increase the capacity of our existing spectrum and thereby extend the time until we need to acquire additional spectrum in
certain of our markets to meet anticipated demand, such as adding more cell sites and further deploying the most advanced digital technology, although these steps could be costly. Failure to obtain access to additional spectrum where and when
required would likely result in degradation in the quality of our existing service through an increase in blocked and dropped calls, and would limit our ability to obtain more customers and provide other services such as those requiring deployment
of EV-DO.

It is difficult to estimate how and to what extent customer demand for wireless services will increase as a result of, for example, technological advances relating to wireless features,
functionality and performance.  In particular, it is difficult to predict the amount of spectrum that may be required to meet the demand for wireless data, including multimedia services (e.g. messaging, music, image, games and video) and Internet
access services because these are developing and rapidly changing business and consumer markets. Additionally, the growth of efficiency in our overall network in its use of spectrum, which has a major impact on our network capacity, is difficult to
predict. Actual developments might differ materially from our estimates.

CDPD Network

Our CDPD network offers CDPD data transmission at speeds of up to 19.2 kbps in major metropolitan areas. In addition, our CDPD customers can roam on the CDPD networks of other wireless
providers. During 2005, we intend to transition our CDPD customers and applications to our higher-speed 1XRTT NationalAccess and BroadbandAccess services.

Messaging and Narrowband PCS

We currently have three nationwide one-way messaging channels for use by our paging network and one nationwide asymmetrically paired 50-12.5 kilohertz narrowband PCS license. We also resell narrowband PCS services using
other carriers networks. In addition, we have numerous market area licenses for one-way messaging and three regional asymmetrically paired 50-12.5 kilohertz narrowband PCS licenses. Our network, either directly or through reselling
arrangements, provides local, regional and nationwide messaging and narrowband PCS services in all 50 states, the District of Columbia and portions of Canada.

|Marketing
|---------

In addition to providing
    high-quality services and customer care, we focus our marketing strategy
    on targeting solutions based upon our customers needs, promoting our
    brand, leveraging our extensive distribution network and cross-marketing
with our owners.

We have established ourselves as the leading provider of wireless service in the U.S. An external study done in December 2004 found that, based upon a nationwide sampling of current and
prospective wireless customers, our total brand awareness is 98%, the highest among the national wireless carriers. Our marketing efforts are focused on a coordinated program of television, print, radio, outdoor signage, Internet and point-of-sale
media promotions. We coordinate our marketing efforts throughout our

11

---

service area in order to ensure that our marketing message is consistently presented across all of our markets. Our promotion of the Verizon Wireless brand has been supplemented by Verizon Communications own brand marketing efforts, reinforcing the awareness of our services in shared markets and capitalizing on the size and breadth of Verizon Communications
customer base.

Sales and Distribution Channels

Our sales strategy is to use a mix of direct, indirect and wholesale distribution channels in order to increase customer growth while reducing customer acquisition costs.

Direct

Company-operated Stores.Company-operated stores are a core component of our distribution strategy. Our experience has been that customers entering
through our store channel are generally higher-value customers who generate higher revenue per month on average than those who come through other mass-market channels and that are less likely to cancel their service. As of December 31, 2004, we
operated approximately 1,900 stores, kiosks and carts, which included, through an agreement with Circuit City commencing in August 2004, kiosks located inside approximately 580 Circuit City stores.

Business-to-Business.We have expanded our business-to-business operations and systems organization, which is focused on supporting the needs of our
local, regional and national business customers. We also develop and enable company-specific extranets for our business customers that permit their employees to directly access negotiated corporate rates online.

Telemarketing and Web-Based.We have a telemarketing sales force dedicated to receiving incoming calls. In addition, we offer fully-automated,
end-to-end, web-based sales of wireless handsets, pagers, accessories and service in all of our markets. Our web-based sales channel, located at our web site,www.verizonwireless.com, enables prospective customers to learn about our services and purchase a complete service package, including the handset, basic and enhanced features and accessories. Customers are also able to take advantage of the self-service
functionality on our web site to access their account information, make payments, and make changes to their accounts.

Indirect Retailers and Agents

We had approximately 127,200 indirect retail locations selling wireless services, including approximately 16,800 full service locations and more than 110,300 locations offering prepaid-calling
replenishment only, as of December 31, 2004.  We have programs in place to train and support indirect representatives. We have a store-within-a-store program with RadioShack, our largest indirect retailer, at approximately 4,500 of its
locations. With the September 2004 launch of our new national distribution relationship with Best Buy, we offer our products and services at approximately 600 Best Buy stores.  In addition, we have arrangements to sell our wireless services through
other national and regional retailers.

Wholesale

We also sell wireless capacity on a wholesale basis. Our wholesale business involves the sale of wholesale access and minutes to independent companies that package and resell wireless services
to end-users. We had nearly 2 million wholesale lines as of December 31, 2004.

We have dedicated wholesale account teams that work with these resellers and we provide them with billing records for their customers. These resellers generally provide prepaid and postpaid
services to customers under their own brand names and provide their own customer service and billing. There are approximately 30 companies that resell our wireless services to end-users, including TracFone Wireless, our largest purchaser of
wholesale lines, which resells our service on a prepaid basis.

As of December 31, 2004, wholesale lines accounted for approximately 1% of our revenue. Because we sell these services on a wholesale basis, we incur no direct customer acquisition cost for
these lines. Also, our total revenue per unit from wholesale lines is less than it is from our retail customers. As a result, our average revenue per user is negatively impacted by an increase in wholesale customer lines.

Customer Service, Retention and Satisfaction

The cost of adding new customers is one of the most significant cost elements in the wireless industry. Therefore, satisfying and retaining existing customers is critical to the financial
performance of wireless operators and an essential element of our strategy. Our customer service, retention and satisfaction programs are based on providing customer convenience and ease of use, and cultivating long-term relationships with our
customers by maximizing value, all of which minimize churn.

12

---

While our customer service representatives are available during our normal business hours, we have representatives available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week for emergency and technical customer
issues. Our customers can speak with our representatives by telephone toll free or in person at company-operated stores. In addition, we have made it easier for customers to do business with us at any time, without having to speak with a customer
service representative, through our enhanced self-service applications via our interactive voice response system, through our web site, and via applications accessible from the customers handset.

We have 23 call centers handling customer issues.  We also have relationships with several third-party customer service vendors, which support our goal of providing first class customer service
to our customers on a cost-effective basis. While retail customers on post-paid plans make up our largest group of customers, we have created separate, dedicated teams to address the specialized needs of our business accounts (both national and
small-to-medium sized) and, through segmented call routing, we can also address specific matters from consumers as well as customers of our data/Mobile Web, paging and prepay services.

Under ourWorry Free Guarantee, a national retention and loyalty initiative, we commit to our customers an extensive and
advanced network, responsive customer service with end-to-end resolution, the option to change at any time to any qualifying price plan without payment of any additional fees and a 15-day satisfaction guarantee. The initiative also includes free
handset upgrades every two years (up to $100 value), which we call ourNew Every Twoplan, provided that the customer signs a new two-year contract on a calling plan with at
least $35 monthly access. Another major retention and loyalty program is a customer life cycle management program in which we contact customers at key points in their service tenure with targeted offers and to provide proactive rate-plan
analysis.

|Information Systems
|-------------------

Our information systems consist of the following systems: billing, point of sale, provisioning, customer care, data warehouse, fraud detection and prevention, financial and human resources.
These systems are housed in secure data centers with redundancy, backup and disaster recovery capabilities. We have completed implementation of our plan for consolidating these systems from many predecessor company systems.

For the past several years, systems consolidations have contributed significantly to the reduction of operating costs and expenses as a percentage of revenue. With these consolidations now
complete, we are focusing additional information systems resources on enterprise account expansion, new product introductions, and enhancing the customer experience through improved self-service options.

In the area of new products, the launch of our high speed EV-DO network has enabled numerous new product offerings. Many of these products are dependent on third-party content and/or services.
Third-party systems are integrated into our systems portfolio to support business functions such as provisioning, billing and customer care. In some cases, we rely on these third-party providers to ensure accurate and timely billing transactions.

|Environmental Matters
|---------------------

We are subject to
    various federal, state and local environmental protection and health and
    safety laws and regulations, and we incur costs to comply with those laws.
    We own and lease real property, and some environmental laws hold current
    or previous owners or operators of real property liable for contamination
    on that property, even if they did not know of and were not responsible for
    the contamination. Environmental laws may also impose liability on any person
    who disposes of hazardous substances, regardless of whether the disposal
    site is owned or operated by such person. Other environmental laws require
    permitting or reporting for hazardous substances maintained or emitted by
    us. Although we do not currently anticipate that the costs of complying with
    environmental laws will materially adversely affect us, we may incur material
    costs or liabilities in the future due to the discovery of new facts or conditions,
    the occurrence of new releases of hazardous materials or a change in environmental
laws. See Legal Proceedings.

|Intellectual Property
|---------------------

We own or license a number of patents in the U.S. covering service offerings and have also developed many brand names and trademarks for our service offerings. We license patents and technology
to and from our owners or their affiliates and third parties. Pursuant to these license agreements, our owners or their affiliates maintain the right to license or sublicense our patents and technology to third parties, including our competitors.

Verizon Communications owns the trademarks Verizon and Verizon
Wireless, but licenses them to us on a no-cost, non-exclusive basis until two-and-a-half years after it ceases to own any interest in our company or we begin to use a different brand name. Our non-exclusive
license to use the Verizon Wireless name does present several risks to this brand equity:

13

---

- Because we market our products and services under the same name as Verizon Communications and other providers, including Verizon
    Communications wireless provider in Puerto Rico, our reputation and ability to attract and retain customers could be adversely affected if the reputation of Verizon Communications or those other providers were to decline.
- The license will terminate if we fail to perform all material obligations under the contract or two-and-a-half years after Verizon
    Communications ceases to have any beneficial ownership of the partnership. In addition, Verizon Communications may direct us, from time to time, to change our brand name and discontinue the use of any brand names that we are then using. We would
    then be required to develop a new brand identity, which could be costly and take time to be publicly recognized.

Similarly, Verizon Communications owns the trademark rights in some of our service offering names and licenses them to us on a no-cost, non-exclusive basis. We face risks similar to those
described above in connection with these trademarks.

|Employees
|---------

As of December 31, 2004, we employed approximately 49,800 employees on a full-time equivalent basis. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good. Unions currently represent
approximately 57 of our employees, but labor unions are attempting to organize various segments of our workforce and we expect these efforts to continue.

|Regulatory Environment
|----------------------

The FCC regulates the licensing, construction, operation, acquisition and transfer of wireless systems in the U.S. pursuant to the Communications Act of 1934, as amended by the
Telecommunications Act of 1996, and other legislation and the associated rules, regulations and policies promulgated by the FCC.  In addition, a number of state public utilities commissions regulate various aspects of our business. The regulation of
the wireless telecommunications industry is subject to constant change. New federal and state laws and regulations, as well as amendments to existing laws and rules, are frequently considered by the Congress, the FCC, state legislatures, and state
commissions. Adoption of new or amended laws or regulations may raise our cost of providing service or require us to modify our business plans or operations.

To use the radio frequency spectrum in the U.S., wireless communications systems must be authorized by the FCC to operate the wireless network and mobile devices in assigned spectrum segments,
and must comply with the rules and policies governing the use of the spectrum as adopted by the FCC. These rules and policies, among other things, regulate our ability to acquire and hold radio spectrum, impose technical obligations on the operation
of our network, impose requirements on the ways we provide service to and communicate with our customers, regulate the interconnection of our network with the networks of other carriers and impose a variety of fees and charges on our business that
are used to finance numerous regulatory programs and part of the FCCs budget.

The process of obtaining U.S. operating authority for a wireless system requires three separate proceedings to be completed by the FCC: (i) allocating radio frequency spectrum segments for the
services, (ii) adopting rules and policies to govern the operation of the wireless systems in the allocated spectrum segments, and (iii) issuing licenses to applicants for use of the spectrum allocations.

In addition, because licenses are issued for only a fixed time, generally 10 years, we must periodically seek renewal of those licenses. Under FCC rules, there is a presumption that a wireless
licensee that has provided substantial service during its past license term and has substantially complied with applicable FCC rules and policies and the Communications Act will have its license renewed. The FCC has routinely renewed wireless
licenses in the past, and none of our licenses has ever been denied or even challenged. However, the Communications Act provides that licenses may be revoked for cause and license renewal applications denied if the FCC determines that a renewal
would not serve the public interest. Violations of FCC rules may also result in monetary penalties or other sanctions. FCC rules provide that competing renewal applications for licenses will be considered in comparative hearings and establish the
qualifications for competing applications and the standards to be applied in hearings.

Wireless systems are subject to Federal Aviation Administration and FCC regulations governing the location, lighting and construction of transmitter towers and antennas and are subject to
regulation under federal environmental and historic preservation laws and the FCC regulations, including limits on radio frequency radiation from mobile handsets and antennas. State and local historic preservation, zoning and land use regulations
also apply to and can delay tower siting and construction activities.

We are licensed to use radio frequencies in several different spectrum allocations that are available for a wide range of communications services, even though the services may have different
names and use different frequencies. Generally, those

14

---

services can be divided into broadband services, which can be used for voice as well as data and messaging services, and narrowband, which are used for nonvoice services, principally paging and
messaging services. These two broad categories are separately discussed below.

Broadband Wireless Services Systems

Our cellular systems operate on one of two 25 MHz frequency blocks, known as the A and B blocks, in the 800 MHz band. Cellular systems principally are used for two-way
mobile voice and data applications, although they may be used for fixed wireless services as well. Cellular licenses were issued for either MSAs or RSAs, two in each area. Although the FCCs rules permit cellular carriers to operate with
digital technologies, cellular systems must also maintain less spectrum-efficient analog technology capacity to serve customers with analog handsets until February 2008.

Our broadband PCS systems operate on one of six frequency blocks in the 1800-1900 MHz bands. PCS systems generally are used for two-way voice and data applications, although they may be used
for fixed wireless services as well. For the purpose of awarding PCS licenses, the FCC divided the U.S. into 51 MTAs, which are subdivided into 493 smaller BTAs. The FCC awarded two PCS licenses for each MTA for spectrum in the A and
B blocks, and four licenses for each BTA for spectrum in the C, D, E, and F blocks. The A and B blocks each include 30 MHz of PCS spectrum. Although the
C block originally included 30 MHz, the FCC subsequently divided some C block licenses into two 15 MHz or three 10 MHz blocks for auction . The D, E and F blocks each include 10 MHz of PCS
spectrum.  Our PCS systems operate exclusively with digital technologies.

The FCC permits licensees to split their licenses and assign a portion, on either a geographic, or partitioned, basis or on a frequency, or disaggregated, basis, or
both, to a third party. We hold some partitioned or disaggregated spectrum in various markets.

We must satisfy a range of FCC-specified coverage requirements. For example, the area served by a cellular licensee, within five years following the grant of its license, became its licensed
service area, and other parties were then able to apply to cover the unserved areas of that cellular market.  The FCC adopted a different approach for PCS.  All 30 MHz PCS licensees must construct facilities that offer coverage to
one-third of the population of the service area within five years of the original license grants and to two-thirds of the population within 10 years. All 10 and 15 MHz PCS licensees must construct facilities that offer coverage to one-fourth of the
population of the licensed area or make a showing of substantial service in their license area within five years of the original license grants. Licensees that fail to meet the coverage requirements may be subject to forfeiture of the license. We
have met the coverage requirements that have applied to our systems to date.

We use common carrier point-to-point microwave facilities and dedicated facilities which we own or lease from communications companies or other common carriers to connect our wireless cell
sites and to link them to the main switching office. The FCC separately licenses our use of point-to-point microwave facilities, and these facilities are subject to regulation as to technical parameters and service. Microwave licenses must also be
renewed every 10 years.

Narrowband Services

We also hold a variety of authorizations granted by the FCC to provide narrowband messaging and paging services, including three nationwide licenses. We hold separate paging authorizations in
the 150 MHz, 450 MHz and 900 MHz paging bands. These licenses are assigned both on a per transmitter basis and on a geographic-area basis. Paging licenses were awarded historically on a per-transmitter basis and most of our paging licenses were
awarded on this basis.

Transfers and Assignments of Wireless Licenses

The Communications Act and FCC rules require the FCCs prior approval of the assignment or transfer of control of a license for a wireless system. Before we can complete a purchase or sale
of a license, we must file one or more applications with the FCC, which must contain information as to our ownership, pending litigation, and other broadband commercial mobile radio service licensees serving the market, as well as why the
transaction will serve the public interest. The public is by law granted a period of time to oppose or comment on such applications. Non-controlling minority interests in an entity that holds an FCC license generally may be bought or sold without
FCC approval. Effective January 1, 2003, the FCC repealed its spectrum cap rule, which had limited the total amount of PCS, cellular and specialized mobile radio spectrum any entity could hold. However, even without the former spectrum
cap rule, the FCC has announced that it will still consider the competitive impact of any license transfer or merger of companies holding radio licenses on a case-by-case basis and may impose conditions on its approval of any transaction. In
addition, such transactions may be subject tonotification and expiration or earlier termination of the applicable waiting period under Section 7A of the Clayton Act by either
the Federal Trade Commission or the Department of Justice, as well as approval by, or notification to, state or local regulatory authorities having competent jurisdiction, if we acquire or sell wireless systems.

15

---

Foreign Ownership

Under existing law, no more than 20% of an FCC licensees capital stock may be directly owned or voted by non-U.S. citizens or their representatives, by a foreign government or its
representatives, or by a foreign corporation. If an FCC licensee is controlled by another entity, up to 25% of that entitys capital stock may be owned or voted by non-U.S. citizens or their representatives, by a foreign government or its
representatives, or by a foreign corporation. Indirect foreign ownership above the 25% level may be allowed should the FCC find such higher levels not inconsistent with the public interest. These requirements apply to licensee partnerships as well
as corporations.

In its March 30, 2000 order approving the combination of the U.S. wireless operations of Bell Atlantic and Vodafone, the FCC concluded that the public interest would be served by allowing us to
be indirectly owned by Vodafone in an amount up to 65.1%, but stated that additional FCC approval would be necessary before Vodafone could increase its investment further. The FCC also stated that it would have to approve in advance any acquisition
by any other foreign entity or entities, in the aggregate, of an ownership interest of 25% or more. In addition, as part of the FCCs approval of the combination between Bell Atlantic and Vodafone, the parties entered into an agreement with the
U.S. Department of Defense, Department of Justice and Federal Bureau of Investigation which imposes national security and law enforcement-related obligations on the ways in which we store information and otherwise conduct our business.

Spectrum Acquisitions

As is the case with many other wireless providers, we anticipate that we will need additional spectrum to meet future demand. We can attempt to meet our needs for new spectrum in two ways: by
acquiring spectrum held by others or by acquiring new spectrum licenses from the FCC. The Communications Act requires the FCC to award new licenses for most commercial wireless services to applicants through a competitive bidding process. Therefore,
if we need additional spectrum, we may be able to acquire that spectrum by participating in an auction for any new licenses that may become available or by purchasing existing spectrum, provided that we obtain the FCCs prior consent. In
addition, the FCC adopted rules, effective in January 2004, which allow parties to lease spectrum from licensees. The rules impose various obligations on both the lessee and the licensee and require a number of specific provisions to be included in
lease agreements. Under these new leasing procedures, we may be able to meet certain spectrum needs by entering into leases with entities holding licenses for that spectrum. Depending on the structure and terms of the lease agreement, prior FCC
approval may be required before we could lease spectrum under these new FCC rules.

The FCC periodically designates new spectrum that can be used for commercial mobile radio services.  For example, in November 2003, the FCC adopted licensing and service rules for 90 MHz of
spectrum in the 1700 and 2100 MHz bands. This 90 MHz will provide additional capacity for commercial mobile radio service providers to provide 3G or other advanced services or to add additional capacity to provide existing services. However, because
much of the 90 MHz is currently encumbered by federal government or commercial users, issues related to clearing the spectrum (and reimbursing those incumbent users for relocation costs) must be resolved.  In the case of spectrum in
these bands that is currently used by the federal government, Congress enacted legislation in December 2004 that provides for a process to reimburse government users for relocation costs out of the proceeds of the auction of this spectrum. Shortly
after enactment of this legislation, the FCC announced its intent to auction this spectrum in mid-2006. The FCC has also designated two additional 10 MHz blocks of spectrum in the 1900 MHz band (known as the PCS H and J
blocks) for fixed or mobile services, and is currently considering service rules for this spectrum. It has not yet announced when it plans to auction this spectrum.

There is additional spectrum that may be suitable for our business, but because some of this spectrum is encumbered by existing users, the FCC may need to make rule changes before this spectrum
could be fully useable for new mobile wireless services.  In addition, because much of this spectrum is encumbered by existing users, a band sharing plan or relocation of incumbent users would be necessary before the spectrum could be fully useable
for new mobile wireless services. For example, although Congress has designated much of the spectrum in the 700 MHz band for commercial wireless use, that spectrum is currently occupied by UHF television stations.

The FCC is also conducting several proceedings to explore whether and how to use spectrum more intensively by, for example, allowing unlicensed wireless devices to operate in licensed spectrum
bands. These proceedings are considering how to define the rights and obligations that apply to unlicensed devices, and whether to change the way the FCC manages interference by, for example, permitting spectrum underlays in various
bands that would co-exist with licensed operations.  These proceedings could lead to reassignment of various existing license holders to different spectrum bands, change the technical and operational rules for various wireless services, authorize
new technologies to operate in bands previously licensed for other uses, or adopt new radio interference standards for wireless services. Depending on the specific actions the FCC takes, the outcome of one or more of these proceedings could increase
the radio interference with our operations from other spectrum users, place new users adjacent to our licensed spectrum, condition future renewals of our licenses on compliance with new spectrum use rules,

16

---

authorize new services to operate without having to purchase spectrum at auction, or allow other users to share our spectrum. These changes may adversely impact the ways in which we use our licensed spectrum, the capacity
of that spectrum to carry traffic, and the value of that spectrum.

On February 15, 2005, the FCC concluded an auction of 242 PCS licenses, which the FCC referred to as Auction No. 58. In November 2004, we and Valley Communications, LLC formed Vista PCS, LLC to
bid as a designated entity under the FCCs rules for PCS licenses auctioned by the FCC in Auction No. 58. At the conclusion of Auction No. 58, Vista was high bidder with respect to 37 licenses, which cover a population of 34.4 million. We also
participated in Auction No. 58 and were the high bidder on 26 licenses, which cover a population of approximately 20 million. Full payment from high bidders is due by March 21, 2005.

Federal Regulation

The FCC does not specify the rates we may charge for our services nor does it require us to file tariffs for our wireless operations. However, the Communications Act states that an entity that
provides commercial mobile radio services is a common carrier, and is thus subject to the requirements of the Communications Act that it not charge unjust or unreasonable rates, nor engage in unreasonable discrimination. The FCC may invoke these
provisions to regulate the rates, terms and conditions under which we provide service. In addition, the Communications Act defines a commercial mobile radio service provider as a telecommunications carrier, which makes it subject to a number of
other regulatory requirements in its dealings with other carriers and customers. These requirements impose restrictions on our business and increase our costs. Among the requirements that affect us are the following:

Emergency Services.The FCC has imposed rules for making emergency 911 services available by cellular, PCS and other broadband commercial mobile radio
service providers, including Enhanced 911 services that provide the callers number, location and other information. Commercial mobile radio service providers are required to take actions enabling them to provide Phase I
Enhanced 911 or, in addition, Phase II Enhanced 911, upon request by a public safety answering point (PSAP), such as a local police or fire department. Under Phase I, a provider must supply to the PSAP a callers
number and the location of the serving cell site. Under Phase II, a provider must supply to the PSAP the geographic coordinates of the callers location, either by means of network-based or handset-based technologies. Providers may not demand
payment of their costs to deploy either type of Enhanced 911 service as a condition of doing so, although they are permitted to negotiate cost recovery. These rules have required us to make significant investments in our network to deploy Enhanced
911 capabilities, and to reach agreements both with vendors of 911 equipment and state and local public safety dispatch agencies, with no assurance that we can obtain reimbursement for the substantial costs we incur, although we have recovered a
portion of our deployment costs in a number of states. We must file quarterly reports with the FCC detailing the PSAPs that we are serving with Phase I and/or Phase II Enhanced 911 services. To date, we have deployed Phase I and/or Phase II Enhanced
911 services to approximately 3,000 PSAPs in parts of 45 states. We must also meet separate Enhanced 911 rules that require us to sell new handsets that are capable of providing location information, and also to ensure that, by December 31, 2005,
95% of our embedded base of handsets have this capability. We may be required to subsidize the higher costs of Enhanced 911-capable handsets in order to comply with this mandate.

Universal Service.The FCC has established federal universal service requirements that affect commercial mobile radio service providers. Under the
FCCs rules, commercial mobile radio service providers are potentially eligible to receive universal service subsidies; however, they are also required to contribute to the federal universal service fund based on their interstate
telecommunications revenues. The FCC also regulates how carriers bill customers for universal service contribution costs. The FCC is considering changes to its rules governing contributions to the universal service fund that could increase the
proportionate contributions of wireless carriers (relative to landline carriers) to the federal fund.  Many states also have enacted or are considering their own additional universal service programs. A number of these state programs require
contributions, varying greatly from state to state, from commercial mobile radio service providers above and beyond contributions to the federal program. Expansion of these state programs will impose a correspondingly growing expense on our
business.

Number Utilization. The FCC has adopted rules regulating the use of telephone numbers by wireless and other providers as part of an effort to achieve
more efficient number utilization. These rules required that wireless carriers be capable of participating in number pooling programs and maintain detailed records of numbers used subject to audit. These mandates impose network capital
costs as well as increased operating expenses on our business.

Local Number Portability.The FCC has adopted rules on wireless LNP that enable wireless customers to keep (or port) their telephone numbers
when switching to another carrier.  The FCC rules required wireless carriers to offer LNP to their customers beginning November 24, 2003, in the largest 100 markets, and beginning May 24, 2004, in the rest of the nation. This mandate required us to
make substantial investments in additional personnel and changes to our network and billing systems that imposed one-time upfront costs, as well as ongoing expenses.  Separate FCC rules require intermodal LNP, that is, that a landline
customer be able to port his or her number to a wireless carrier, and vice versa, in some situations. Several wireless and landline carriers and landline carrier associations have appealed the LNP rules to federal court. If successful, those appeals
may

17

---

require the FCC to make changes in its LNP rules that may reduce the number of customers who port to or from us or may result in an increase in our ongoing costs to comply with this mandate.

Surveillance.The FCC and the Federal Bureau of Investigation have adopted rules to implement the federal Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement
Act (CALEA).  These rules impose a number of obligations on all telecommunications carriers, including wireless providers, to upgrade their switches and other equipment to facilitate electronic surveillance of call information (e.g., the
number dialed) or call content (the actual content of the conversation or data transmitted) by federal, state and local law enforcement officials. These rules have imposed, and will continue to impose, costs on us to purchase, install and maintain
the software and other equipment that is needed to enable law enforcement, pursuant to a court order or other lawful authorization, to intercept communications carried by us to or from our customers.  The FCC is considering whether and to what
extent CALEA applies to Internet Protocol-based wireline and wireless services, and its decision may affect the costs we incur to comply with that statute.

Intercarrier Interconnection.  The Communications Act and the FCCs rules grant various rights and impose various obligations on commercial mobile
radio service providers when they interconnect with the facilities of local exchange carriers. Generally, commercial mobile radio service providers are entitled to reciprocal compensation, in which they are entitled to charge the same
rates for terminating wireline-to-wireless traffic on their system that the local exchange carriers charge for terminating wireless-to-wireline calls. Interconnection agreements are typically negotiated by carriers, but in the event of a dispute,
state public utility commissions, courts and the FCC all have a role in enforcing the interconnection provisions of the Communications Act. Although we have local exchange carrier interconnection agreements in place in most of our service areas,
those agreements are subject to modification, expiration or termination in accordance with their terms, which may increase our costs beyond the significant amounts we currently pay for interconnection. In addition, some local exchange carriers have
refused to enter into reciprocal compensation arrangements, and instead have sought to impose unilateral termination charges. We also pay access charges for non-local traffic that is typically carried by interexchange carriers between our network
and the network of a local exchange carrier that originates or terminates the call. Access charges are a significant cost to the business. The FCC has begun a proceeding that is reassessing its interconnection compensation rules. The outcome of that
proceeding may significantly affect the charges we pay to other carriers and the compensation we receive.

Billing.The FCC has adopted rules to govern customer billing by all telecommunications carriers and the carriers use and disclosure of customer
proprietary information. It adopted additional detailed billing rules for landline telecommunications service providers and is considering whether to extend these rules to commercial mobile radio services providers, which could add to the expense of
our billing process as systems are modified to conform to any new requirements. In addition, as noted above, the new universal service fund rules regulate the collection of universal service contributions from customers. In 2004, a group of state
consumer advocates petitioned the FCC to prohibit wireline and wireless carriers from including most line items for fees and charges (in addition to the monthly access or usage charges) on customer bills.  While we and other carriers have opposed
this petition, the FCC could restrict or otherwise regulate the manner and extent to which we can include line items on customer bills for separate fees and charges, including charges intended to recoup the costs of government mandates.

Telemarketing.In July 2003, the FCC modified its rules to implement changes in federal laws restricting telemarketing. Pursuant to those laws, the
Federal Trade Commission established a national do not call list on which individuals can place their telephone numbers in order to restrict the telephone solicitations they receive. The FCCs rules provide that, subject to various
exceptions, companies may not make telephone solicitations to these numbers. The FCCs telemarketing rules impose two sets of obligations on us, first because we are a provider of telecommunications services, and second, to the extent we make
telephone solicitations.  These rules have required us to expend resources to develop new marketing procedures, train our employees, and establish procedures to maintain certain records. In December 2003, Congress enacted legislation that directed
the FCC to adopt rules to protect consumers from unsolicited commercial text messages sent via the Internet. In August 2004, the FCC promulgated rules that prohibit the transmission of such messages to consumers unless the sender obtains express
prior authorization.

Tower Siting.The Communications Act and the FCCs rules establish procedures for us and other wireless providers to install the radio transmitter
antennas that are needed to operate our systems.  The specific obligations we must comply with depend on whether the antennas are installed on a new or existing tower or building, and where the tower or building is located. The rules restrict siting
of towers in environmentally sensitive locations and in places where the towers would affect a site listed or eligible for listing on the National Register of Historic Places. In October 2004, the FCC adopted new rules to govern the process for
notifying, and if necessary consulting with, state and/or tribal historic preservation officers prior to the construction or modification of towers.  While these rules streamline the review process in some respects, they also impose new procedures
which may in some situations delay the process and increase our costs. The FCC also adopted additional notification procedures for sites that are to be located in areas of interest to tribal organizations, which may also make such sites more
difficult and costly to build.

18

---

Radiofrequency Emissions.  FCC rules limit the permissible human exposure to radiofrequency (RF) emissions from antennas located on towers
and buildings as well as from handsets. There are different limits for public and for occupational exposure. In July 2003, the FCC proposed changes to those rules.  Modifications could require us to make changes to the operation of some of our
facilities to maintain compliance with FCC requirements.

Access to Persons with Disabilities.The Communications Act and the FCCs rules impose obligations on telecommunications carriers and manufacturers
to make their services and equipment accessible to individuals with disabilities, if readily achievable. During 2004 we settled, without admission of liability, an FCC complaint proceeding brought pursuant to those rules in which a blind
individual requested that we be ordered to provide handsets that convert visible and text functions into audible signals or speech. We agreed to take various actions, including the development of a handset with features sought by the complainant.
In addition, pursuant to the Communications Act and the federal Hearing Aid Compatibility Act, the FCC adopted an order in August 2003 which requires commercial mobile radio service providers to ensure that a specified number or percentage of their
digital handset models are built to a specific technical standard that is designed to facilitate their use by hearing-impaired customers. These requirements are to be phased in over the next four years. These and other FCC actions in this area may require
us to make material changes to our network, product offerings or services at our expense.

State Regulation and Local Approvals

With the rapid growth and penetration of wireless services has come a commensurate surge of interest on the part of some state legislatures and state public utility commissions in regulating
our industry. This interest has taken the form of efforts to regulate customer billing, termination of service arrangements, advertising, filing of informational tariffs, certification of operation, service coverage and quality,
drivers use of handsets, provision of emergency 911 service, and many other areas. We anticipate that this trend will continue. For example, while a number of state commissions do not currently have jurisdiction over wireless services, state
legislatures may decide to grant them such jurisdiction. In addition, those state commissions that already have authority to impose regulations on wireless carriers may adopt new or expanded rules. These trends will require us to devote resources to
working with the states to respond to their concerns while minimizing any new regulation that could increase our costs of doing business.

While the Communications Act generally preempts the regulation by state and local governments of the entry of, or the rates charged by, wireless carriers, it permits a state to petition the FCC
to allow it to impose commercial mobile radio service rate regulation. No state currently has such a petition on file, but as wireless service continues to grow, the possibility of new regulation increases. In addition, the Communications Act does
not prohibit the states from regulating the other terms and conditions of wireless service. As a result, several states have imposed, or are proposing, various regulations on the wireless industry, such as rules governing customer
contracts and advertising. States also may impose their own universal service support regimes on wireless and other telecommunications carriers, similar to the requirements that have been established by the FCC. The most extensive rules regulating
our business were adopted in May 2004 by the California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC). These rules regulate, for example, our advertising practices, our use of early termination fees, communications with our customers, and certain
terms of our customer service agreements. Because of the scope of these rules and the size of our business in California, these rules impose significant compliance costs on us. On January 27, 2005, the CPUC voted to stay the rules while it considers
whether and how to modify them.

From time to time, we receive inquiries from state Attorneys General offices or other consumer-protection agencies seeking information about our advertising, consumer disclosures and/or billing
practices. In March 2001, we received a letter of inquiry on behalf of 22 state Attorneys General offices, requesting information concerning our advertising, marketing and billing practices.  In July 2004, following several years of discussions and
negotiations, we entered into an Assurance of Voluntary Compliance (AVC) with 32 State Attorneys General. The AVC obligates us to disclose certain rates and terms during a sales transaction, to provide maps depicting our coverage at our
retail locations and on our website, and to comply with various requirements regarding our advertising, billing, and other practices. The AVC generally reflected our existing practices. Cingular and Sprint entered into identical AVCs.

At the local level, wireless facilities typically are subject to zoning and land use regulation. Neither local nor state governments may categorically prohibit the construction of wireless
facilities in any community or take actions, such as indefinite moratoria, which have the effect of prohibiting service. Nonetheless, securing state and local government approvals for new tower sites has been and is likely to continue to be a
difficult, lengthy and costly process.

In addition, state commissions have become increasingly aggressive in their efforts to conserve telephone numbering resources.  These efforts may impact us and other wireless service providers
disproportionately, given the industrys growing demand for new numbers, by imposing additional costs or limiting access to numbering resources. Examples of state conservation methods include number pooling, number rationing and code
sharing.

19

---

A number of states and localities have adopted or are considering banning or restricting the use of a wireless handset while driving a motor vehicle. New York and New Jersey have enacted
statewide bans on driving while holding a wireless handset, and similar legislation in the District of Columbia took effect in July 2004. We have supported driver restrictions on the condition that they are statewide rather than imposed by
localities, that they allow use of hands-free devices, and that they allow sufficient time for customers to acquire these devices.

Finally, state and local governments have become more active in imposing fees and taxes on wireless carriers and services to raise general revenues and to pay for various regulatory programs.
Examples include the following impositions on wireless service that became effective during 2004: a 5% gross receipts tax in Pennsylvania, a $3.50 monthly line charge in Baltimore, Maryland, and a $3.22 monthly per line Emergency Communication
System Response Fee in Union City, California. These new fees and taxes are often not imposed on other lines of business and either increase our costs of doing business or, if imposed by law on or passed through by us to customers, increase
our customers cost of service, which may affect demand for our services. Administrative issues related to the imposition of these new taxes and fees requires us to devote resources to working with states and localities to implement such taxes
and fees, as well as to respond to customer inquiries regarding these new impositions. In addition, our efforts opposing legislative proposals, which seek to impose many of these new taxes and fees only on our industry, have been and are likely to
continue to be challenging and costly.

|Item 2. *Properties*
|--------------------

We maintain our corporate headquarters in Bedminster, New Jersey and have four area and 22 regional offices, as well as additional offices for our paging services, located throughout the U.S.
We also maintain facilities comprised of administrative and sales offices, customer care centers, retail sales locations, switching centers, cell sites and data centers. Locations are generally leased to provide maximum flexibility, with the
exception of switching centers, which are usually owned due to their critical role in the network and high set-up and relocation costs.

As of December 31, 2004, we operated approximately 1,900 retail stores, carts and kiosks that support our direct distribution channel.  The number of retail outlets increased more than 50%
compared to last year primarily as a result of our launch of company-operated kiosks in Circuit City stores nationwide.  Additionally, we had 150 offices and approximately 240 storage facilities of varying sizes. At that date, network properties
included approximately 160 switching locations and approximately 22,200 cell sites, as well as additional properties for our paging network. We believe that our facilities are suitable for their purposes and that additional properties can be secured
for our anticipated needs, although we may have difficulty obtaining additional cell sites.

Our gross investment in property, plant and equipment consisted of the following at December 31:

|(in millions)                       | 2004 |        | 2003 |  
|----------------------------------- | ---- | ------ | ---- | -
|                                   
|Land and improvements               | $    | 118    |      | $
|Buildings                           |      | 4,888  |      |  
|Wireless plant equipment            |      | 27,936 |      |  
|Furniture, fixtures and equipment   |      | 2,775  |      |  
|Leasehold improvements              |      | 1,197  |      |  
|                                   
|Gross property, plant and equipment | $    | 36,914 |      | $
|                                   

|Item 3. *Legal Proceedings*
|---------------------------

We are a defendant in purported class actions alleging antitrust violations, includingBrook,
      et al. v. AT&T Cellular Services, Inc., et al.,filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York on April 5, 2002;Millen,
      et al. v. AT&T Wireless PCS, LLC, et al., filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Massachusetts on or about August 3, 2002;Truong,
      et al. v. AT&T Wireless PCS, LLC, filed in the U.S.
District Court for the Northern District of California on or about September 20, 2002;Beeler
et al. v. AT&T Cellular Services, Inc., filed in the U.S. District Court for
the Northern District of Illinois on or about September 30, 2002; andMorales,
et al. v. AT&T Wireless PCS, LLC, et al., filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern
District of Texas on or about September 27, 2002. These cases have been ordered for coordinated pre-trial discovery under MDL Proceeding 1513 before the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. Plaintiffs allege that
Cellco and other defendants engage in the illegal tying of wireless handsets and wireless service and monopolization in violation of antitrust law, and seek certification of a nationwide class of wireless customers from 1998 to the present. In each
case, the plaintiffs seek compensatory and treble damages, fees and injunctive relief. The District Court has dismissed the monopolization claims. In addition, on August 17, 2004, a sixth action,Freeland,
et al. v. AT&T Corporation, et al., was commenced against Cellco and other carriers.Freelandhas been coordinated with the five other actions
in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The allegations inFreelandare similar to those in the five prior actions, except that theFreelandcomplaint also

20

---

alleges conspiracy to monopolize and restrain trade. Finally, on February 23, 2005,McClain v. Sprint Corporation, et al., was commenced against
Cellco and other carriers in Tennessee Circuit Court. TheMcClaincomplaint contains allegations similar to those inFreeland, and it purports to be brought on behalf of Tennessee residents who purchased wireless service from the defendants. We are not currently able to assess the impact, if any, of these actions
on our consolidated financial statements.

We are defending three purported class action proceedings alleging that Verizon Wireless did not adequately disclose certain limitations on the Bluetooth technology that was included in the
Motorola V710 handset that has been available for use on the Verizon Wireless network since August 2004:Opperman, et al. v. Cellco Partnership, et al., filed on December 30,
2004 in the Superior Court of California, Los Angeles County;Zhao v. Verizon Wireless, Inc., filed on January 7, 2005 in the Ohio Court of Common Pleas, Cuyahoga County; andKaner, et al. v. Cellco Partnership, filed on January 20, 2005 as a purported class action arbitration with the American Arbitration Association in New York. TheOppermanaction is brought on behalf of a purported class of California residents who purchased the V710 handset; theZhaoandKaneractions are brought on behalf of a purported nationwide class. These actions assert claims for violation of state consumer fraud statutes and
claims of common law fraud and unjust enrichment; they seek compensatory, consequential and exemplary damages, recovery of attorneys fees, and injunctive relief. We are not currently able to assess the impact, if any, of these actions on our
consolidated financial statements.

We are defending one lawsuit alleging patent infringement and have settled another. InGammino v. Cellco Partnership d/b/a Verizon Wireless, et
al., filed in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania on September 10, 2004, plaintiff alleges that Cellco is infringing or contributing to the infringement of patents held by plaintiff
related to international call blocking.  Plaintiff seeks unspecified monetary damages as well as injunctive relief.  We are not currently able to assess the impact, if any, of this action on our consolidated financial statements. On January 24,
2005, we settled another lawsuit alleging patent infringement,Freedom Wireless, Inc. v. BCG, Inc. et al.The U.S. District Court, District Court of Massachusetts, dismissed
the lawsuit on January 26, 2005. This settlement is not material to our consolidated financial statements.

We are a defendant, along with other wireless carriers, wireless phone manufacturers, standard-setting bodies, industry trade associations and others, in lawsuits alleging personal injuries,
including brain cancer, from wireless phone use:Murray v. Motorola, Inc., et al., filed November 15, 2001;Agro v. Motorola, Inc., et
al., filed February 26, 2002;Cochran v. Audiovox Corp., et al., filed February 26, 2002; andSchwamb
v. Qualcomm Inc., et al., filed February 26, 2002, all filed in the Superior Court for the District of Columbia; andBrower, et al. v. Motorola, Inc., et al., filed April 19, 2001, pending in the U.S. District Court in Maryland. Plaintiffs in these five suits seek compensatory, consequential and/or punitive damages. InBrower, plaintiffs also assert purported class action claims that seek, among other relief, funding for research and medical monitoring. Following removal of these cases to federal court by defendants, the District Court, on July 19, 2004,
remanded the cases to state court. A motion to dismiss the state court actions is pending. In addition, between April and June 2001, we and various other wireless carriers and various phone manufacturers became defendants in statewide class actions
relating to wireless phone use, including:Farina, et al. v. Nokia Inc., et al.,Pennsylvania Court of Common Pleas, Philadelphia County, filed April 19, 2001;Gilliam, et al. v. Nokia Inc., et al.,New York Supreme Court, Bronx County, filed April 23, 2001;Pinney, et al. v. Nokia Inc., et al.,Maryland Circuit Court, Baltimore County, filed April 19, 2001; andGimpelson et al. v. Nokia Inc., et al.,Georgia Superior Court, Fulton County, filed
June 8, 2001. Plaintiffs in these suits claim that wireless phones are defective and unreasonably dangerous because the defendants failed to include a proper warning about alleged adverse health effects, failed to encourage the use of a headset, and
failed to include a headset with the phone. Plaintiffs in these four suits seek damages and injunctive relief requiring defendants to provide headsets to all class members. All of these class actions were removed to federal court, and subsequently
coordinated by the Judicial Panel for Multi-District Litigation and transferred to the U.S. District Court in Maryland. On March 5, 2003, the district court denied plaintiffs motion to remand to state court and dismissed plaintiffs
claims in all four cases. Plaintiffs have appealed this decision to the United States Court of Appeals for the Fourth Circuit. An adverse outcome in any of these matters could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial
statements.

We are a defendant in various purported consumer class actions, brought on behalf of customers throughout the country, relating to our advertising, sales, billing and collection practices. InCampbell, et al. v. Verizon Wireless, et al., filed in August 2000 in the Superior Court of California, San Diego County, the court granted final approval of a nationwide class
action settlement in May 2004. The final approval of the settlement has been appealed to the California Court of Appeal. If approval of theCampbellsettlement is reversed on
appeal, we are not currently able to assess the impact, if any, of this action on our consolidated financial statements.

In addition,Marlowe, J., et al. v. AT&T Corp.,et al., filed on July 23, 2003 in Superior Court of California, Alameda County, and other similar cases filed against Verizon Wireless in the same court, have been coordinated by the Judicial Council and are proceeding in that court under
the captionIn re Cellphone Termination Fee Cases, Judicial Council Coordination Proceeding No. 4332. In these coordinated proceedings, plaintiffs challenge the business
practices of all major wireless service providers relating to the imposition of early termination fees and the use of software (referred to in the lawsuits as a lock) that allegedly prevents handsets sold by a wireless carrier from being
used with the service of competing carriers. With respect to Verizon Wireless, plaintiffs assert on behalf of a putative California class of Verizon Wireless subscribers from 1999 to the present that early termination fees charged by Verizon
Wireless in California are unenforceable, unlawful, unfair, in violation of California Civil

21

---

Code §1671 and §1750, and violate California's Unfair Competition Law and California Business and Professions Code §17200. Plaintiffs further allege that the use of software locks on wireless
handsets sold by Verizon Wireless violates California's Unfair Competition Law. Plaintiffs seek preliminary and permanent injunctive relief against the imposition of early termination fees, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief against the use
of handset locks, restitution and disgorgement.Patricia Brown, etc. v. Verizon Wireless Services, LLC, filed on May 17, 2004 in Florida Circuit Court for Palm
Beach County, makes allegations similar to those inMarloweon behalf of two putative classes of Florida subscribers: those who allegedly were required to enter into agreements
that purport to require the payment of an early termination penalty and those who purchased handsets programmed with locks during the class period. Finally,Zobrist v. Verizon Wireless, commenced on February 7, 2005 before the American Arbitration Association, purports to seek relief on behalf of a class of all Illinois Verizon Wireless subscribers who paid or were billed an early termination fee.  We are not
currently able to assess the impact, if any, of the action on our consolidated financial statements.

On October 5, 2004, plaintiffs inIn Re Wireless Telephone 911 Calls Litigation(U.S. District Court, N.D. Illinois)
were granted leave to amend their complaint to, among other things, add Cellco Partnership as a defendant. The amended complaint purports to be brought on behalf of a nationwide class of persons who purchased handsets from Cellco and other
defendants that allegedly did not comply with the FCCs emergency 911 call processing rules, which became effective in February 2000. The complaint alleges violations of the Communications Act, California unfair competition statute, and
applicable state consumer fraud laws, as well as breach of warranty, breach of contract and implied covenant of fair dealing, and unjust enrichment. The complaint seeks injunctive and declaratory relief, compensatory and punitive damages, and
attorneys fees. We are not currently able to assess the impact, if any, of this action on our consolidated financial statements.

We are defending two purported class actions in California asserting, among other things, violations of California wage payment laws.  We have reached agreement in principle to settle one of
these matters,Ramirez v. Verizon Wireless,filed on November 20, 2002 in the Superior Court of California, Los Angeles County, alleging the misclassification of retail
managers and assistant managers under California law, for a non-material amount. The other matter,Evenson v. Verizon Wireless, filed on March 6, 2003 in the Superior Court of
California, Los Angeles County, alleging improper wage deduction, is in a preliminary phase and we are not currently able to assess the impact, if any, of this action on our consolidated financial statements.

On December 23, 2004, we disclosed to the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) the existence of potential violations of reporting requirements for a number of our cell
sites. After an internal investigation, the results of which have been provided to the EPA, we have concluded that there were violations for 432 sites. If we are able to take advantage of the EPAs self-disclosure policy, the violations should
result in a fine of less than $100,000. However, if the EPA refuses to grant us self-disclosure treatment, a larger fine may result. We do not believe the amount of the fine will be material to our consolidated financial statements but it could
exceed $100,000.

We are also defending other legal actions involving claims incidental to the normal conduct of our business, including actions by customers, vendors and employees. We believe that these other
actions will not be material to our consolidated financial statements.

In some of the aforementioned matters, we may be wholly or partially indemnified by Vodafone and/or Verizon Communications pursuant to their alliance agreement, or by vendors, manufacturers,
suppliers, or insurers, and we have asserted, or intend to assert, indemnification and insurance claims where appropriate.  See Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions-U.S. Wireless Alliance Agreement.

|Item 4. *Submission of Matters to a Vote
          of Security Holders*
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------

Not applicable.

|PART IIItem 5.Market
          for Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and
    Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Not Applicable.

22

---



|Item 6. *Selected Financial
            Data*
|---------------------------------------------

Selected Financial Data

Cellco Partnership (d/b/a Verizon Wireless)

The following selected consolidated historical financial data should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and our financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this filing. The statement of operations and cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 and the balance
sheet data as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 are derived from the audited financial statements included elsewhere in this filing. We derived the remaining financial data from our audited financial statements for those periods.

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior years financial information to conform to the current year presentation.

|(in millions, except other operating data)               | Year Ended December 31,
|-------------------------------------------------------- | -----------------------
|                                                         |                        
|                                                         | 2004                   
|                                                        
|Statement of Operations Data:                            |                        
|Operating Revenue:                                       |                        
|Service revenue                                          | $                      
|Equipment and other                                      |                        
|                                                         |                        
|Total operating revenue                                  |                        
|Operating Costs and Expenses:                            |                        
|Cost of service (excluding depreciation and amortization |                        
|related to network assets included below) (1)            |                        
|Cost of equipment                                        |                        
|Selling, general and administrative                      |                        
|Depreciation and amortization                            |                        
|Sales of assets, net                                     |                        
|                                                         |                        
|Total operating costs and expenses                       |                        
|                                                         |                        
|Operating Income                                         |                        
|                                                         |                        
|Other Income (Expenses):                                 |                        
|Interest expense, net                                    |                        
|Minority interests                                       |                        
|Equity in income of unconsolidated entities              |                        
|Other, net                                               |                        
|                                                         |                        
|Income before provision for income taxes and             |                        
|cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle    |                        
|Provision for income taxes                               |                        
|                                                         |                        
|Income before cumulative effect of a change in           |                        
|accounting principle                                     |                        
|Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle    |                        
|                                                         |                        
|Net Income                                               | $                      
|                                                        
|Other Operating Data:(unaudited)                         |                        
|Subscribers (in millions) (end of period) (3)            |                        
|Subscriber churn (4)                                     |                        
|Covered population (in millions) (end of period) (5)     |                        
|Average revenue per user (6)                             | $                      
|Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (7)                   |                        

23

---

Selected Financial Data, continued

Cellco Partnership (d/b/a Verizon Wireless)

|(in millions, except other operating
    data)      | Year Ended December 31, |     
|--------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------- | ----
|                                                    |                        
|                                                    |                         | 2004
|                                                   
|Cash Flow Data:                                     |                         |     
|Net cash provided by operating activities           |                         | $   
|Net cash (used in) investing activities             |                         |     
|Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities |                         |     
|Capital expenditures                                |                         |     
|                                                    |                         |     
|Balance Sheet Data:                                 |                         |     
|Property, plant and equipment, net                  |                         | $   
|Total assets                                        |                         |     
|Total debt                                          |                         |     
|Minority interest in consolidated entities          |                         |     
|Partners capital subject to redemption             |                         |     
|Total partners capital                             |                         |     
|                                                    |                         |     

|   
|---
|(1)
|(2)
|(3)
|(4)
|(5)
|(6)
|(7)
|(8)
|   

|Item 7.Managements
    Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements for the three years ended December 31, 2004 found elsewhere in this filing.

See Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements for a discussion of factors that could cause our future results to differ from our historical results.

|Overview
|--------

We are the most profitable
    wireless communications provider in the United States in terms of operating
    income. We are the second largest domestic wireless carrier in terms of the
    number of customers and revenues. We offer wireless voice and data services
    across one of the most extensive wireless networks in the U.S. We believe
    our significant position within the wireless industry will allow us to take
    advantage of increasing penetration and usage trends within the United States
in the coming years. See Business - Industry Overview.

Our goal is to be the acknowledged market leader in providing wireless voice and data communication services in the U.S. Our focus is on providing a high-quality, differentiated service across
a cost-effective digital network designed to meet the growing needs of our customers. To accomplish this goal, we will continue to implement the following key elements of our business strategy to differentiate our service:

- Provide the highest network quality through our code division multiple access (CDMA) 1XRTT technology and the deployment of a new network technology, Evolution Data Optimized
(EV-DO), which significantly increases data transmission rates.

24

---

- Profitably acquire, satisfy and retain our customers and increase the value of our service offerings to customers while achieving revenue and net income growth.
- Continue to expand our wireless data, messaging and multi-media offerings for both consumer and business customers and take advantage of the growing demand for wireless data
services.
- Focus on operating margins and capital efficiency by driving down costs and leveraging our scale advantage. See Business-Business Strategy.

In addition, there is substantial competition in the wireless telecommunications industry. We compete primarily against four other national wireless service providers and we believe that the
following are the most important competitive factors in our industry: network quality, capacity and coverage; customer service; distribution; product development, pricing and capital resources.

As a result of competition, we may encounter further market pressures to:

- respond to particular short-term, market-specific situations, for example, promotional service pricing or equipment discounts;
- introduce new service offerings at lower prices or restructure our service packages;
- increase advertising spending; or
- increase our capital investment to ensure we maintain or enhance our market leadership in service quality.

Such market pressures could cause us to experience lower revenues, margins and average revenue per user, as well as increased capital spending to ensure proper capacity levels.

The following items highlight selected elements of our results of operations and financial position in 2004 as they relate to our key business strategies:

> Customer growth:We ended 2004 with 43.8 million customers, an increase of 16.8% over 2003. We added almost 6.3 million net customers while reducing our total churn to 1.50%,
>     compared to 1.82% in 2003. Retail postpaid customers comprised 92% of our total customer base as of December 31, 2004.
>   Revenue growth:Total revenue grew by 23% in 2004 to $27.7 billion, driven by customer growth and increased service revenue per customer.  We have seen a substantial increase
>     in data revenue over the last year and data revenue per customer has increased.
>   Operating Income:Total operating income grew by 42.9% in 2004 to $5.8 billion.
>   Capital expenditures:We invested $5.6 billion primarily in our network in 2004 in order to increase capacity on our network for usage demand and to facilitate the
>     introduction of new products and services through new technologies such as EV-DO. As of December 31, 2004,BroadbandAccesswas deployed in one-third of our network, where
>     approximately 76 million people reside.
>   Cash flows:We generated approximately $9.5 billion of cash from operating activities during 2004, an increase of $1.9 billion over 2003. We used this cash not only to invest
>     in our network through capital expenditures, but also to provide more than $3.2 billion in distributions to our owners.

|Financial Statement Presentation
|--------------------------------

Operating Revenue.Our operating revenue consists of the following:

- Service revenue: consists of revenue from the provision of services, which we record when services are provided, and primarily includes: monthly
    access charges; airtime usage; long distance charges; data service charges; charges for features such as voice mail, short messaging services and caller ID; gross roaming charges, or incollect fees, charged to our customers for usage outside our
    network; gross roaming charges, or outcollect fees, charged to other wireless service providers whose customers use our network; and paging service revenue.
- Equipment and other revenue: includes revenue from sales of wireless devices, pagers and accessories and other revenue. Equipment revenue is
    recognized when the products are delivered to and accepted by the customer, as this is considered to be a separate earnings process from the sale of wireless services. Other revenue consists mainly of revenues associated with certain regulatory
    fees, primarily the Universal Service Fund (USF). The associated payment of these fees is reflected in selling, general and administrative expense.

25

---

Operating Revenue Trends:

Since the formation of our company, we have experienced an increase in net customer additions, which has increased our revenues. We expect that we will continue to achieve increases in our
total customers during the next several years. While we believe that the industry will continue to experience growth, we also believe that, as penetration rates increase, the pace of future customer growth will slow.  See Business -Industry
Overview.  Customer growth continues to be an important revenue source, and we believe that the continued addition of high-quality post-paid customers will increase our revenue. Our current management focus is to grow our customer base
primarily through internal growth.

Since 2001, we have been experiencing a slight but steady increase each year in average service revenue per user due to higher access price plan offerings, including ourAmericas Choiceprice plans. In addition, use of our wireless data services such as Text Messaging, Picture Messaging and Mobile Web access, have tended to increase average service revenue per
user. We expect these trends to continue.  However, service revenue growth attributable to data services has been partially offset by decreasing revenue per minute for voice services as a result of bundled pricing.

We expect continued growth from wireless data as a result of the recent deployment of EV-DO technology, which has enabled faster downloads for business applications and additional applications
for consumer use, including video content and 3-D gaming through our recently announced V CASTservice, as well as music and other enhanced multi-media services.

Increases in equipment revenue are generally driven by increases in wireless devices sold, which in turn is driven by gross customer additions, equipment upgrades and contract renewals.  We
subsidize the cost of wireless devices sold in our direct channels to reduce the customers up-front cost of our service and, as a result, equipment revenue is more than offset by the related cost of equipment. We have actively focused on
selling to new and existing customers data-enabled wireless devices with color screens and camera phones. Although sales of these devices are subsidized, our experience has been that the additional services they enable result in higher service
margins.

Although other revenue will increase as our customer base increases, since regulatory fees are charged on a per customer basis, the resulting increase in the payment of these fees to regulatory
authorities, which is reported in selling, general and administrative expense, will also increase.

Operating Costs and Expenses.Our operating expenses consist of the following:

- Cost of service: includes roaming charges billed to Verizon Wireless for our customers usage outside of the Verizon Wireless network and
    direct telecom charges, which are costs to handle calls over our network, including landline charges, trunk lines and other costs to maintain our network, as well as site rentals, tower rentals and network-related salaries;
- Cost of equipment: includes costs of wireless devices, pagers and accessories, and the cost of shipping, warehousing and distributing these
    products;
- Selling, general and administrative expense: includes all operating expenses not included in the other operating expense categories, including
    non-network related salaries, commissions and advertising and promotional expenses; and
- Depreciation and amortization: includes depreciation of network and other fixed assets and amortization of intangibles and deferred
    charges.

Operating Expense Trends:

Cost of service is driven primarily by minutes of use served on our network. Over the past several years, minutes of use on our network has increased substantially as we add more customers and
offer larger bundles of included minutes, which has in turn caused our cost of service to increase.  However, as roaming rates with other carriers have been renegotiated and local interconnection and long distance rates have declined, the rate of
increase in those costs has come down in recent years. We expect that trend to continue.

As we expand our direct distribution channels and continue to grow and upgrade our customer base, the number of wireless devices that we sell will continue to increase, which will result in
higher cost of equipment. We expect that trend to continue. We believe that, as the largest purchaser of CDMA wireless devices in the United States, we will be able to continue to purchase CDMA wireless devices at attractive rates.

Selling, general and administrative expenses are driven primarily by increases in employee costs, sales and marketing costs including commissions and other general and administrative expenses.
To the extent gross customer additions and new services continue to increase, we expect to continue to incur increased customer acquisition related expenses. Our commission expense

26

---

increases in direct correlation to the number of new customers we add and enhanced services that we sell. We continue to seek operating efficiencies and have sought to manage our expenses and increase profitability by
adding a larger proportion of customers through our lower cost direct channels, principally our company-operated stores and kiosks. We have also recently formed relationships with several large retailers to expand our distribution capability. As we
hire more sales and customer care employees to attract and retain quality customers, however, our employee related expenses, including benefits, will increase, and in order to attract those new customers, we must incur advertising and promotional
expenses.

Depreciation expense is directly driven by the continued build-out and upgrading of our network. As we complete projects to increase the capacity of our wireless network for usage demand, to
facilitate the introduction of new products and services and to increase the operating efficiency and productivity of our wireless network, and place assets into service, depreciation expense will increase over time.

Other Income (Expenses).Other income (expenses) consist of the following:

- Interest Expense, net: includes interest costs related to our borrowings from Verizon Communications, our external floating rate notes and fixed
    rate notes and capital leases, net of interest capitalized;
- Minority Interests: includes the share of operating income (loss) belonging to partners in consolidated partnerships;
- Equity in Income (Loss) of Unconsolidated Entities: includes our share of operating income (loss) from equity investments.

Income Taxes.The partnership is not subject to federal or state tax on income generated from markets it owns directly or through partnership entities. However, the partnership
does own some of its markets through corporate entities, which are required to provide for both federal and state tax on their income.

|Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
|------------------------------------------

The following discussion and analysis is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America.  The preparation of our financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates are used for, but not limited to, the accounting for: allowances for uncollectible accounts receivable, unbilled revenue, fair values
of financial instruments, depreciation and amortization, useful lives and impairment of assets, accrued expenses, inventory reserves, equity in income (loss) of unconsolidated entities, employee benefits, income taxes, contingencies and allocation of
purchase prices in connection with business combinations. We base our estimates on historical experience, where applicable, and other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

We believe that the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:

Revenue Recognition

We recognize service revenue based upon access to the network (access revenue) and usage of the network (airtime/usage revenue), net of credits and adjustments for service discounts. We are
required to make estimates for service revenue earned but not yet billed at the end of each reporting period.  These estimates are based primarily upon historical billed minutes.  Our revenue recognition policies are in accordance with the
Securities and Exchange Commissions (SEC) Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 101, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements, Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements
with Multiple Deliverables and SAB No. 104, Revenue Recognition.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We maintain allowances for uncollectible accounts receivable for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. We base our estimates on our
historical write-off experience, net of recoveries and the aging of our accounts receivable balances. If our actual future write-offs increase above our historical levels then we may need to provide additional allowances.

27

---

Valuation of Inventory

We maintain estimated inventory valuation reserves for obsolete and slow moving handset and data device inventory. We base our estimates on an analysis of inventory agings. Changes in
technology may require us to provide additional reserves.

Depreciation Expense

When recording our depreciation expense associated with our network assets, we use estimated useful lives and the straight-line method of accounting. As a result of changes in our technology
and industry conditions, we periodically evaluate the useful lives of our network assets. Future evaluations could result in a change in our assets useful lives in future periods.

Intangible Assets

Our principal intangible assets are licenses, including licenses associated with equity method investments, which provide us with the exclusive right to utilize certain radio frequency spectrum
to provide wireless communication services. Our wireless licenses have been treated as an indefinite life intangible asset under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142, Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets, and are no longer amortized but are tested for impairment at least annually or more often if events or circumstances warrant.

When testing the carrying value of the wireless licenses for impairment, we determine the fair value of the aggregated wireless licenses by subtracting from enterprise discounted cash flows
(net of debt) the fair value of all of the other net tangible and intangible assets, including previously unrecognized intangible assets. This approach is generally referred to as the residual method. In addition, the fair value of the aggregated
wireless licenses is then subjected to a reasonableness analysis using public information of comparable wireless carriers. If the fair value of the aggregated wireless licenses as determined above is less than the aggregated carrying amount of the
licenses, an impairment is recognized. During 2004 and 2003, tests for impairment were performed with no impairment recognized.

On September 29, 2004, the SEC issued a Staff Announcement regarding the Use of the Residual Method to Value Acquired Assets other than Goodwill.  The Staff Announcement requires
SEC registrants to adopt a direct value method of assigning value to intangible assets, including wireless licenses, acquired in a business combination under SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations, effective for all business combinations
completed after September 29, 2004. Further, all intangible assets, including wireless licenses, valued under the residual method prior to this adoption are required to be tested for impairment using a direct value method no later than the beginning
of 2005. Any impairment of intangible assets recognized upon application of a direct value method by entities previously applying the residual method should be reported as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle.  Under this Staff
Announcement, the reclassification of recorded balances from wireless licenses to goodwill prior to the adoption of this Staff Announcement is prohibited.

We have evaluated our wireless licenses for potential impairment using a direct value methodology effective January 1, 2005. The valuation and analyses prepared in connection with the adoption
of a direct value method resulted in no adjustment to the carrying value of our wireless licenses, and accordingly, had no effect on our results of operations and financial position. Future tests for impairment will be performed at least annually
and more often if events or circumstances warrant. See Note 2 of our consolidated financial statements included in Item 15.

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment and intangible assets with finite lives, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. The
impairment loss, if determined to be necessary, would be measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset.

28

---

|Results of Operations
|---------------------

2004 Compared to 2003

|                                                                                                                                          |  | **Year Ended December 31,** |  
|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |  | --------------------------- | -
|                                                                                                                                          |  | 2004                        |  
|                                                                                                                                         
|Customers (end of period) (thousands)                                                                                                     |  | 43,816                      |  
|Net additions in the period* (thousands)                                                                                                  |  | 6,294                       |  
|Average monthly churn                                                                                                                     |  | 1.50                        | %
|                                                                                                                                          |  |                             |  
|* Includes approximately 4,000 customers
      in 2004 and approximately 6,000 customers in 2003 added through property
    acquisitions. |  |                             |  

Total churn, including retail and reseller, decreased to 1.50% for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to 1.82% for the year ended December 31, 2003. We believe churn was reduced due to
our network quality and the success of our retention programs. We believe the introduction of local number portability (LNP), in November of 2003, did not have a material impact on our churn in 2004.

|Operating revenue                                                            |                         |   |        |  |   |        |  |          | 
|---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------- | - | ------ |  | - | ------ |  | -------- | 
|                                                                             |                         |   |        |  |   |        |  |          | 
|(Dollars in millions, except average service revenue per customer per month) | Year Ended December 31, |  
|                                                                             |                         |   | 2004   |  |   | 2003   |  | % Change | 
|                                                                            
|Service revenue                                                              |                         | $ | 24,400 |  | $ | 20,336 |  | 20.0%    | 
|Equipment and other                                                          |                         |   | 3,262  |  |   | 2,153  |  | 51.5%    | 
|                                                                             |                         |   |        |  |   |        |  |          | 
|Total operating revenue                                                      |                         | $ | 27,662 |  | $ | 22,489 |  | 23.0%    | 
|                                                                             |                         |   |        |  |   |        |  |          | 
|Average service revenue per customer per month                               |                         | $ | 50.22  |  | $ | 48.85  |  | 2.8%     | 

Total operating revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $27,662 million, an increase of $5,173 million, or 23.0%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2003.

Service revenue.Service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $24,400 million, an increase of $4,064 million, or 20.0%, compared to the year
ended December 31, 2003. This increase was primarily due to the 16.8% increase in customers, as well as an increase in average service revenue per customer for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to the year ended December 31, 2003. Data
revenue of $1,116 million grew by $667 million, or 148.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to the year ended December 31, 2003, as a result of increased use of our messaging and other data services, such asGet It Now,Get PixandGet Txt.  Data revenue
accounted for 4.6% of service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to 2.2% for the year ended December 31, 2003. As we continue to add new customers and services, we expect service revenue to continue to increase.

Average service revenue per customer per month increased 2.8% to $50.22 for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase is primarily due to a
higher proportion of customers on higher access price plans, including ourAmericas Choiceprice plans as well as an increase in data revenue per customer, partially
offset by decreased roaming revenue as a result of the continued increase in the popularity of bundled pricing.

Equipment and other revenue. Equipment and other revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $3,262 million, an increase of $1,109 million, or
51.5%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase was primarily due to an increase in equipment revenue of $584 million, or 35%, for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase in
equipment revenue was attributed to an increase in wireless devices sold (including color and camera phones with higher retail prices and other data devices). This increase was in turn driven by an increase in customer equipment upgrades as well as
gross retail customer additions for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to the year ended December 31, 2003.

29

---

Gross receipts taxes collected from our customers increased $249 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to the year ended December 31, 2003.  Prior to 2004, these taxes were
reported as part of service revenue.  The associated payment of these taxes is reflected in selling, general and administrative expense. Revenue associated with certain regulatory fees, primarily the USF, increased by $91 million for the year ended
December 31, 2004, compared to the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase in the associated payments of these fees is also reflected in selling, general and administrative expense. In addition, revenue generated from LNP cost recovery
surcharges, which we began to collect in March 2004, was $125 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. Beginning in November 2004, we discontinued the LNP cost recovery surcharges.

|Operating costs and expenses        |                         |   |        |  |   |        |  |          | 
|----------------------------------- | ----------------------- | - | ------ |  | - | ------ |  | -------- | 
|                                    |                         |   |        |  |   |        |  |          | 
|(Dollars in millions)               | Year Ended December 31, |  
|                                    |                         |   | 2004   |  |   | 2003   |  | % Change | 
|                                   
|Cost of service                     |                         | $ | 3,489  |  | $ | 3,145  |  | 10.9%    | 
|Cost of equipment                   |                         |   | 4,258  |  |   | 3,315  |  | 28.4%    | 
|Selling, general and administrative |                         |   | 9,591  |  |   | 8,057  |  | 19.0%    | 
|Depreciation and amortization       |                         |   | 4,486  |  |   | 3,888  |  | 15.4%    | 
|                                    |                         |  
|Total operating costs and expenses  |                         | $ | 21,824 |  | $ | 18,405 |  | 18.6%    | 

Cost of service.Cost of service for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $3,489 million, an increase of $344 million, or 10.9%, compared to the year
ended December 31, 2003. The increase was primarily due to increased direct telecom charges caused by a 46% increase in minutes of use for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to the year ended December 31, 2003, partially offset by lower
roaming, direct telecom, local interconnection and long distance rates. We expect minutes of use on our network to continue to increase, which will cause our cost of service to increase. Service margins (service revenue less cost of service, divided
by service revenue) increased to 85.7% for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to 84.5% for the year ended December 31, 2003.

Cost of equipment.Cost of equipment for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $4,258 million, an increase of $943 million, or 28.4%, compared to the
year ended December 31, 2003. The increase was primarily due to an increase in wireless devices sold, driven by higher equipment upgrades and gross retail activations. The increases in wireless devices sold including equipment upgrades caused our
negative equipment margin (equipment revenue less equipment cost) to increase for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to the year ended December 31, 2003. We expect this trend to continue, to the extent we continue to add new customers,
upgrade existing customer equipment and sell more data devices.

Selling, general and administrative expenses.Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2004 were $9,591 million, an
increase of $1,534 million, or 19.0%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2003.  These increases were primarily due to an increase in salary and benefits expense of $821 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to the year ended
December 31, 2003.  The salary and benefits expense increase was the result of both higher per employee salary and benefits costs, principally driven by an increase in costs in 2004 of approximately $447 million related to our long term incentive
program, and an increase in our number of employees, primarily in the sales and customer care areas.

Also contributing to the selling, general and administrative expense increases was a $204 million aggregate increase in sales commissions in our direct and indirect channels, for the year ended
December 31, 2004, compared to the year ended December 31, 2003, primarily related to the increase in gross customer additions and customer renewals for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to the year ended December 31, 2003. Advertising and
promotion expenses increased by $173 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to the year ended December 31, 2003. To the extent gross customer additions and customer renewals continue to increase, we expect to continue to incur
increased customer acquisition and retention-related expenses.

In addition, the payment of gross receipts taxes and costs associated with certain regulatory fees, primarily USF, increased by $166 million and $83 million, respectively, for the year ended
December 31, 2004, compared to the year ended December 31, 2003. The revenue associated with these taxes and fees is reflected in equipment and other revenue. See equipment and other revenue discussion above.

Depreciation and amortization.Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $4,486 million, an increase of $598 million, or
15.4%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase was primarily attributable to the increase in depreciable assets during 2004, as a result of our network build program. We expect depreciation expense to continue to increase over
time as we continue to build-out and upgrade our network.

30

---

|Other Income (Expenses)                     |                                 |      |   |   |      |   |  |          | 
|------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------- | ---- | - | - | ---- | - |  | -------- | 
|                                            |                                 |      |   |   |      |   |  |          | 
|(Dollars in millions)                       | Year Ended December
        31, |     
|                                            |                                 | 2004 |   |   | 2003 |   |  | % Change | 
|                                           
|Interest expense, net                       | $                               | (648 | ) | $ | (614 | ) |  | 5.5%     | 
|Minority interests                          |                                 | (209 | ) |   | (166 | ) |  | 25.9%    | 
|Equity in income of unconsolidated entities |                                 | 45   |   |   | 15   |   |  | 200.0%   | 
|Other, net                                  |                                 | (3   | ) |   | -    |   |  | -        | 
|Provision for income taxes                  |                                 | (325 | ) |   | (236 | ) |  | 37.7%    | 

Minority interests.Minority interests for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $209 million, an increase of $43 million, or 25.9%, compared to the year
ended December 31, 2003. The increase was mainly attributable to increases in the income from subsidiary partnerships.

Equity in income of unconsolidated entities. Equity in income of unconsolidated entities for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $45 million, an
increase of $30 million, or 200.0%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2003. This increase was mainly attributable to the recording of a gain of $23 million on the disposal of certain equity investments in July 2004.

Provision for income taxes. The partnership is not subject to federal or state tax on income generated from markets it owns directly or through
partnership entities. However, the partnership does own some of its markets through corporate entities, which are required to provide for both federal and state tax on their income. The tax provision was $325 million for the year ended December 31,
2004, an increase of $89 million, or 37.7%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2003. The effective tax rate was 6.5% for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to 7.1% for the year ended December 31, 2003. The decrease in the effective tax
rate for 2004 was mainly attributable to a decrease in the proportion of income earned through corporate entities compared to markets owned directly or through partnership entities.

|2003 Compared to 2002                                                                                                                                 |                                 |        |   |  |        |   |  |          | 
|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------- | ------ | - |  | ------ | - |  | -------- | 
|                                                                                                                                                      |                                 |        |   |  |        |   |  |          | 
|Customers                                                                                                                                             |                                 |        |   |  |        |   |  |          | 
|                                                                                                                                                      | Year Ended December
        31, |       
|                                                                                                                                                      |                                 | 2003   |   |  | 2002   |   |  | % Change | 
|                                                                                                                                                     
|Customers (end of period) (thousands)                                                                                                                 |                                 | 37,522 |   |  | 32,491 |   |  | 15.5%    | 
|Net additions in the period* (thousands)                                                                                                              |                                 | 5,031  |   |  | 3,093  |   |  | 62.7%    | 
|Average monthly churn                                                                                                                                 |                                 | 1.82   | % |  | 2.33   | % |  | -21.9%   | 
|                                                                                                                                                      |                                 |        |   |  |        |   |  |          | 
|* Includes approximately 6 thousand
      customers in 2003 and approximately 485 thousand customers in 2002 added
    through property acquisitions. |                                

We reduced our reported net customer additions for 2002 by 85 thousand to account for unusually low reseller channel disconnect activity that we believed had resulted from delayed reseller
reporting. During the first three quarters of 2003, we increased our net customer additions by 40 thousand because of reported reseller disconnects that we believe were attributable to the earlier delayed reporting. We increased our net customers by
the 45 thousand remaining from the reduction amount at the end of the third quarter, when we concluded that we could no longer reasonably identify disconnect activity attributable to the 2002 reporting delay.

The FCC has adopted rules on wireless LNP that enable wireless customers to keep (or port) their telephone numbers when switching to another carrier. The FCC rules became effective
on November 24, 2003 and required wireless carriers to offer LNP to their customers in the largest 100 markets. While the long-term impact of LNP on the business cannot be predicted, the initial results indicated that the number of customers who
ported their numbers from competing carriers to us was significantly greater than the number of customers who ported their number from us to other carriers.

31

---

Total churn, including retail and wholesale, decreased to 1.82% for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared to 2.33% for the year ended December 31, 2002. We believe churn was reduced due to
our network quality and the success of our retention programs. We do not believe that the introduction of LNP had a material impact on churn in the fourth quarter of 2003.

|Operating revenue                              |                                 |   |        |  |   |        |  |          | 
|---------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------- | - | ------ |  | - | ------ |  | -------- | 
|                                               |                                 |  
|(Dollars in millions)                          | Year Ended December
        31, |  
|                                               |                                 |   | 2003   |  |   | 2002   |  | % Change | 
|                                              
|Service revenue                                |                                 | $ | 20,336 |  | $ | 17,747 |  | 14.6%    | 
|Equipment and other                            |                                 |   | 2,153  |  |   | 1,726  |  | 24.7%    | 
|                                               |                                
|Total operating revenue                        |                                 | $ | 22,489 |  | $ | 19,473 |  | 15.5%    | 
|                                               |                                 |   |        |  |   |        |  |          | 
|Average service revenue per customer per month |                                 | $ | 48.85  |  | $ | 48.35  |  | 1.0%     | 

Total operating revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $22,489 million, an increase of $3,016 million, or 15.5%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2002.

Service revenue.Service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $20,336 million, an increase of $2,589 million, or 14.6%, compared to the year
ended December 31, 2002. This increase was primarily due to the 15.5% increase in customers, as well as an increase in average service revenue per user for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared to the year ended December 31, 2002. As we
continue to add new customers, products and services, we expect service revenue to continue to increase.

Average service revenue per customer per month increased 1.0% to $48.85 for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared to the year ended December 31, 2002. The increase is primarily due to a
higher proportion of customers on higher access price plans, including ourAmericas Choiceprice plans as well as an increase in data revenue per customer. These
increases were partially offset by decreased roaming revenue as a result of rate reductions with third-party carriers and decreased long distance revenue due to the increased popularity of bundled pricing.

Equipment and other revenue. Equipment and other revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $2,153 million, an increase of $427 million, or 24.7%,
compared to the year ended December 31, 2002. The increase was attributed to an increase in wireless devices sold, including higher priced color and camera phones, driven by an increase in gross retail customer additions and an increase in customer
equipment upgrades in the year ended December 31, 2003, compared to the year ended December 31, 2002.

In addition, revenue associated with certain regulatory fees, primarily the USF, increased by $153 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared to the year ended December 31, 2002,
mainly due to the April 2003 change in the methodology for billing these fees from a flat rate to a percentage rate as a result of an FCC order. The increase in the associated payments of these fees is reflected in selling, general and
administrative expense. The implementation of LNP required us to make substantial investments in additional personnel and changes to our network and billing systems that imposed one-time upfront costs, as well as ongoing expense.  In order to help
defray the ongoing expense associated with LNP, beginning in March 2004, we will increase our monthly regulatory charge from $0.05 per customer per month to $0.45 per customer per month.

|Operating costs and expenses        |                                 |   |        |  |   |        |  |          | 
|----------------------------------- | ------------------------------- | - | ------ |  | - | ------ |  | -------- | 
|                                    |                                 |  
|(Dollars in millions)               | Year Ended December
        31, |  
|                                    |                                 |   | 2003   |  |   | 2002   |  | % Change | 
|                                   
|Cost of service                     |                                 | $ | 3,145  |  | $ | 2,787  |  | 12.8%    | 
|Cost of equipment                   |                                 |   | 3,315  |  |   | 2,669  |  | 24.2%    | 
|Selling, general and administrative |                                 |   | 8,057  |  |   | 7,236  |  | 11.3%    | 
|Depreciation and amortization       |                                 |   | 3,888  |  |   | 3,293  |  | 18.1%    | 
|                                    |                                 |  
|Total operating costs and expenses  |                                 | $ | 18,405 |  | $ | 15,985 |  | 15.1%    | 

Cost of service.Cost of service for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $3,145 million, an increase of $358 million, or 12.8%, compared to the year
ended December 31, 2002. The increase was primarily due to increased direct telecom charges caused by a 48% increase in minutes of use for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared to the year ended December 31, 2002, substantially offset by lower
roaming, local interconnection and long distance rates.  We expect minutes of use on our network to continue to increase, which will cause our cost of service to increase. Service margins (service revenue less cost of service, divided by service
revenue) increased slightly to 84.5% for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared to 84.3% for the year ended December 31, 2002.

32

---

Cost of equipment.Cost of equipment for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $3,315 million, an increase of $646 million, or 24.2%, compared to the
year ended December 31, 2002. The increase was primarily due to an increase in wireless devices sold, due to growth in gross retail activations and the increase in equipment upgrades. The increases in wireless devices sold and equipment upgrades
caused our negative equipment margin (equipment revenue less equipment cost) to increase for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared to the year ended December 31, 2002. We expect this trend to continue, to the extent we continue to add new
customers and upgrade existing customer equipment.

Selling, general and administrative expenses.Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2003 were $8,057 million, an
increase of $821 million, or 11.3%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2002. This increase was primarily due to a $338 million increase in salary and wage expense, due to an increase in the employee base, primarily driven by LNP implementation,
which affected our customer service and sales channels, as well as an increase in employee benefits expense. Also contributing to the increase was a $233 million aggregate increase in sales commissions in our direct and indirect channels, for the
year ended December 31, 2003, compared to the year ended December 31, 2002, primarily related to an increase in retail gross customer additions and contract renewals. Advertising and promotional expenses increased approximately $73 million for the
year ended December 31, 2003, compared to the year ended December 31, 2002.  To the extent gross customer additions continue to increase, we expect to continue to incur increased customer acquisition related expenses.

Costs associated with certain regulatory fees, primarily USF, increased by $159 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared to the year ended December 31, 2002 (see equipment and
other revenue discussion above).  The revenue associated with these fees is reflected in equipment and other revenue.

Depreciation and amortization.Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $3,888 million, an increase of $595 million, or
18.1%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2002. The increase was primarily attributable to the increase in depreciable assets during 2003, as a result of our network build program. Depreciation expense will increase over time as we continue to
build-out and upgrade our network.

|Other Income (Expenses)                     |                                 |      |   |   |      |   |  |          | 
|------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------- | ---- | - | - | ---- | - |  | -------- | 
|                                            |                                 |     
|(Dollars in millions)                       | Year Ended December
        31, |     
|                                            |                                 | 2003 |   |   | 2002 |   |  | % Change | 
|                                           
|Interest expense, net                       | $                               | (614 | ) | $ | (602 | ) |  | 2.0%     | 
|Minority interests                          |                                 | (166 | ) |   | (127 | ) |  | 30.7%    | 
|Equity in income of unconsolidated entities |                                 | 15   |   |   | 14   |   |  | 7.1%     | 
|Other, net                                  |                                 | -    |   |   | 4    |   |  | -100.0%  | 
|Provision for income taxes                  |                                 | (236 | ) |   | (193 | ) |  | 22.3%    | 

Interest expense, net.Interest expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $614 million, an increase of $12 million, or 2.0%, compared to the
year ended December 31, 2002. The increase was primarily due to lower affiliate interest income.  The effect of an increase in the weighted average interest rate for borrowings from Verizon Communications (from approximately 5.1% in 2002 to 5.2% in
2003) was offset by lower rates on our third-party debt as well as lower intercompany debt levels. See Liquidity and Capital Resources.

Minority interests.Minority interests for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $166 million, an increase of $39 million, or 30.7%, compared to the year
ended December 31, 2002. The increase was mainly attributable to an increase in minority partners income for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared to the year ended December 31, 2002 that resulted from an increase in the income from
subsidiary partnerships. Also contributing to the increase was Price Communications Wireless, Inc.s (Price) preferred interest in Verizon Wireless of the East LP, which is accounted for as a minority interest.

Provision for income taxes. The partnership is not subject to federal or state tax on income generated from markets it owns directly or through
partnership entities. However, the partnership does own some of its markets through corporate entities, which are required to provide for both federal and state tax on their income. The tax provision was $236 million for the year ended December 31,
2003, an increase of $43 million, or 22.3%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2002. The effective tax rate was 7.1% for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared to 6.9% for the year ended December 31, 2002. The increase in the effective tax
rate for 2003 was mainly attributable to an increase in the proportion of income earned through corporate entities compared to markets that we own directly or through partnership entities.

|Liquidity and Capital Resources
|-------------------------------

We have substantial cash needs, as described in more detail below. Historically, we have funded our operations and other cash needs utilizing internally generated funds, intercompany and
external borrowings and capital contributions. We expect to rely on a combination of internally generated, intercompany and external funds to fund continued capital expenditures,

33

---

acquisitions, distributions and debt service needs.  Sources of future intercompany and external financing requirements may include a combination of debt financing provided through intercompany debt facilities with Verizon
Communications, borrowings from banks or debt issued in private placements or in the public markets. We believe that internally generated funds will be sufficient to fund capital expenditures, distributions and interest payments on our debt in the
next several years.  Internally generated funds would not be sufficient to repay principal on our debt, including demand notes owed to Verizon Communications (if we were required to repay that debt in the next several years) and other short-term
debt, including the $1.5 billion of Floating Rate Notes due May 23, 2005, and would not be sufficient to honor any exercise of Vodafone Group Plcs (Vodafone) put rights. See Cash Flows Used In Financing Activities. We
expect to refinance our outstanding debt when due with new debt financings, including debt financing provided either through intercompany borrowings, private placements, bank borrowings or public financing, and would seek other financing to honor
any exercise of the put rights. On February 18, 2005, we signed an additional promissory note with a wholly-owned subsidiary of Verizon Communications that permits us to borrow, repay and reborrow from time to time up to a maximum principal amount
of $6.5 billion with a maturity date of February 22, 2008. Amounts borrowed under the note bear interest at a rate per annum equal to one-month LIBOR plus 20 basis points for each interest period, with the interest rate being adjusted on the first
business day of each month. To the extent we need additional financing, we believe we could obtain it, however, Verizon Communications has no commitment to provide any further financing to us, and we have no commitments from any third
parties.

In addition to the potential cash needs described above, we have needed and may continue to need to secure additional financing for acquisitions of additional spectrum licenses and wireless
service providers. See Recent Developments.  The failure to obtain financing on commercially reasonable terms or at all could result in the delay or abandonment of our development and expansion plans or our inability to continue to
provide service in all or portions of some of our markets, which could harm our ability to attract and retain customers.

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

The following table provides a summary of our contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 2004. Additional detail about these items is included in the notes to the
audited financial statements.

|                                       |  | Payments Due by Year(in millions)
|-------------------------------------- |  | ---------------------------------
|                                       |  |                                  
|Contractual Obligations                |  |                                  
|                                      
|Long-term debt (a)                     |  | $                                
|Interest on long-term debt             |  |                                  
|Capital lease obligations              |  |                                  
|Operating leases                       |  |                                  
|                                      
|Total contractual cash obligations (b) |  | $                                
|                                      

|   
|---
|(a)
|(b)

A significant portion of our debt described above bears interest at a variable rate and we therefore have estimated, based on interest rates as of December 31, 2004, the amount of interest we
are committed to pay in the future. Actual interest payments could differ materially due to changes in interest rates.  In addition, we expect to make certain future payments related to spectrum purchases and other acquisitions. See Recent
Developments.

Capital Expenditures

Our capital expenditures totaled approximately $5.6 billion in 2004, which includes capital expenditures for the build-out and upgrade of, and expansion of capacity on, our network, but does
not include acquisitions of spectrum licenses and of other wireless service providers. We expect to continue to have substantial capital requirements. See Business  Network. In June 2004 we signed an agreement under which we expect
to purchase $5 billion of equipment from Lucent Technologies Inc. (Lucent) over a six-year period. The $5.6 billion of capital spent for 2004 includes purchases under the Lucent contract.

In addition to these amounts, we will also require substantial additional capital for, among other uses, acquisitions of spectrum licenses and wireless service providers, additional system
development and network capacity expansion if wireless data services grow at a faster rate than we anticipate. Unforeseen delays, cost overruns, unanticipated expenses, regulatory changes, engineering design changes, weather-related delays,
technological changes and other factors may also result in additional funding requirements.

34

---

Distributions

We are obligated under our partnership agreement to make certain distributions to our owners related to taxes and additional distributions equal to 70% of our pre-tax net income from continuing operations plus amortization expense related to the amortization of intangible assets arising out of transactions contemplated by the Alliance Agreement, less the amount of tax distributions, assuming, in the case of non-tax distributions, we are in compliance with certain financial covenants including a 2.5 to 1 leverage ratio and 5 to 1 interest coverage ratio, unless our officers approve less restrictive ratios. The non-tax related distribution requirement will expire in April 2005, or earlier in certain circumstances. After the current distribution policy expires, we must continue tax distributions, and our partnership agreement contemplates that we will continue to have a policy for non-tax related distributions, which will provide for distributions
at a
level as determined from time to time by our board of representatives, taking into account relevant factors, including our financial performance and capital requirements. The board has not yet established a new distribution policy to go into effect in April 2005. In addition, our owners can change our distribution policy at any time or cause us to pay additional distributions. See Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsPartnership AgreementDistributions.

2003 Distributions     We satisfied both ratios on June 30, 2003 and December 31, 2002, and therefore made distributions to our partners in August 2003 and February 2003 of approximately $1,148 million and $1,225
million, respectively. Approximately $112 million of the distribution in February 2003 represented a supplemental distribution.

2004 Distributions     We satisfied both ratios on June 30, 2004 and December 31, 2003 and therefore made distributions to our partners in August 2004 and February 2004 of approximately $1,812 million and $1,441
million, respectively.

2005 Distributions     We satisfied both ratios on December 31, 2004 and therefore made a distribution to our partners in February 2005 of approximately $1,997 million.

Vodafone Put Rights

Under the terms of an agreement entered into among Verizon Communications, Vodafone and us on April 3, 2000, Vodafone may require us to purchase up to an aggregate of $20 billion of
Vodafones interest in the Partnership, at its then fair market value. Up to $10 billion was redeemable during the 61-day period that opened on June 10 and closed on August 9 in 2004. Vodafone did not exercise its redemption rights during that
period. As a result, $20 billion, not to exceed $10 billion in any one year, remains redeemable during the 61-day periods opening on June 10 and closing on August 9 in 2005, 2006 and/or 2007. Verizon Communications has the right, exercisable at its
sole discretion, to purchase all or a portion of this interest instead of us. However, even if Verizon Communications exercises this right, Vodafone has the option to require us to purchase up to $7.5 billion of this interest redeemable during the
61-day periods opening on June 10 and closing on August 9 in 2005, 2006 and/or 2007 with cash or contributed debt.  Accordingly, $20 billion of partners capital has been classified as redeemable on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
We will need to obtain financing if we are required to repurchase these interests. See Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions-Investment Agreement. We have no commitment for such financing. Vodafone also had certain put
rights in 2003 that it did not exercise.

Debt Service

As of December 31, 2004, we had approximately $14.5 billion of indebtedness and capitalized leases, including $7.7 billion of short-term debt, excluding net intercompany receivables. Future
interest payments may vary from our historical results due to changes in outstanding debt levels, our or Verizon Communications credit ratings and changes in market conditions. See Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market
Risks.

Our principal debt obligations consist of $1.5 billion floating rate notes due in May 2005 and $2.5 billion fixed rate notes due in December 2006 and approximately $10.5 billion of debt
borrowed from Verizon Communications and its affiliates.

The floating rate notes bear interest at a rate equal to the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, plus 0.07%, reset quarterly, and mature on May 23, 2005. We expect to refinance
the floating rate notes when due through intercompany borrowings. The fixed rate notes bear interest at 5.375% and mature on December 15, 2006.

Borrowings from Verizon Communications include demand loans and term notes. The maximum amount of demand loans outstanding during the last 12 months was approximately $8.1 billion. Demand loan
balances fluctuate based upon our working capital and other funding requirements. At December 31, 2004, such demand loan borrowings totaled $7.7 billion. Interest on the demand loans is generally based on a blended interest rate calculated by
Verizon Communications using fixed rates and variable rates applicable to borrowings by Verizon Communications to fund us and other entities affiliated with Verizon Communications. As of December 31, 2004, the interest rate on demand loans was
approximately 5.7% .

35

---

Term borrowings from Verizon Communications amounted to $2.8 billion at December 31, 2004, which includes a $2.4 billion term note due in 2009 that requires quarterly prepayments to the extent
that the markets that GTE purchased from Ameritech generate excess cash flow, as defined in the term note. To date, no quarterly prepayment requirement has been triggered. This term note contains limited, customary covenants and events of default.
The interest on the note is generally based on the same blended rate as for the demand loans. Term borrowings also include a $350 million term note obtained from Verizon Communications that bears a fixed interest rate of approximately 8.9% per year.
This term note was established in connection with the acquisition of Prices wireless assets on August 15, 2002 in order to effect a covenant defeasance of Prices 11 3⁄4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007 and 9 1/8% Senior Secured
Notes due 2006.  The term note is guaranteed by Price.  It matures the earlier of February 15, 2007 or six months following the occurrence of certain specified events.

We may incur significant additional indebtedness in the next few years to help fund our cash needs.

Cash Flows

|(Dollars in millions)            | Year Ended December
        31, |       
|-------------------------------- | ------------------------------- | ------
|                                 |                                 | 2004  
|                                
|Cash Flows Provided By (Used In) |                                 |       
|Operating activities             | $                               | 9,534 
|Investing activities             |                                 | (6,649
|Financing activities             |                                 | (2,851
|                                 |                                
|Increase in Cash                 | $                               | 34    
|                                 |                                

Our primary source of funds continues to be cash generated from operations. The $1.9 billion increase in net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared
to the similar period of 2003 was primarily due to an increase in operating income excluding depreciation and amortization, resulting from revenue growth at a rate faster than expense growth.

Cash Flows Used In Investing Activities

Capital expenditures continue to be our primary use of cash. Our capital expenditures, excluding acquisitions, were $5.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to $4.6 billion
for the year ended December 31, 2003 and were used primarily to increase the capacity of our wireless network to meet usage demand, expand our network footprint, facilitate the introduction of new products and services through our EV-DO deployment,
enhance responsiveness to competitive challenges, and increase the operating efficiency of our wireless network.

We invested $996 million in acquisitions for the year ended December 31, 2004, including $930 million for the New York metropolitan area spectrum license auctioned by NextWave Telecom Inc. and
the remainder to purchase minority partners interests and certain wireless licenses.  For the year ended December 31, 2003, we invested $925 million in acquisitions, including $762 million to purchase the Northcoast Communications LLCs
(Northcoast) licenses, $39 million to purchase a general partnership interest in Virginia 10 RSA Limited Partnership and $98 million to reimburse Verizon Communications for the purchase of a minority interest in one of its subsidiaries
that was a partner in the partnership

Cash Flows Provided By (Used In) Financing Activities

Our total debt increased by $549 million during the year ended December 31, 2004. Our net intercompany debt increased by $627 million. We used $78 million to reduce our short-term obligations,
of which $69 million was used to pay down a portion of our capital lease obligations.

Our debt securities continue to be accorded high ratings by primary rating agencies. In September 2004, Standard and Poors (S&P) removed Verizon Communications debt
and our debt from review, affirming for each an A+ rating with a long-term ratings outlook of negative. In December 2004, Moodys Investors Service (Moodys) changed the rating outlook on our A3-rated long-term debt to positive
from stable.

On February 14, 2005, both S&P and Moodys indicated that Verizon Communications proposed acquisition of MCI Inc. may result in downgrades in Verizon Communications debt
ratings. At that same time, S&P placed our debt on review with negative implications and Moody's changed the outlook on our A3-rated long term debt to stable from positive until its review of Verizon Communications' debt ratings is completed.

Our debt to equity ratio (including partners capital subject to redemption) was 34% at December 31, 2004, unchanged compared to December 31, 2003.

36

---

We made distributions to our partners of more than $3.2 billion in the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to $2.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2003. See Distributions
above.

In addition, under the terms of an agreement entered into among Verizon Communications, Vodafone and us on April 3, 2000, Vodafone may require us to purchase up to an aggregate of $20 billion
of Vodafones interest in the Partnership, at its then fair market value. Up to $10 billion was redeemable during the 61-day period that opened on June 10 and closed on August 9 in 2004. Vodafone did not exercise its redemption rights during
that period. As a result, $20 billion, not to exceed $10 billion in any one year, remains redeemable during the 61-day periods opening on June 10 and closing on August 9 in 2005, 2006 and/or 2007. Verizon Communications has the right, exercisable at
its sole discretion, to purchase all or a portion of this interest instead of us. However, even if Verizon Communications exercises this right, Vodafone has the option to require us to purchase up to $7.5 billion of this interest redeemable during
the 61-day periods opening on June 10 and closing on August 9 in 2005, 2006 and/or 2007 with cash or contributed debt. Accordingly, $20 billion of partners capital has been classified as redeemable on the accompanying consolidated balance
sheets. Vodafone also had certain put rights in 2003 that it did not exercise.

|Financial Condition
|-------------------

Total assets at December 31, 2004 were $67.7 billion, an increase of $2.8 billion, or 4.4%, compared to December 31, 2003. The increase was mainly due to $1.0 billion of acquisitions of
wireless businesses and licenses, primarily as a result of the New York spectrum license acquisition, and $5.6 billion of capital expenditures as a result of our network build-out program, offset by $4.5 billion in depreciation and amortization
expense.

Total liabilities at December 31, 2004 were $23.7 billion, an increase of $1.3 billion, or 6.0%, compared to December 31, 2003. The increase was primarily due to an increase in net borrowings
from Verizon Communications as well as an increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities.

Total partners capital (including partners capital subject to redemption) was $42.4 billion at December 31, 2004, an increase of $1.4 billion, or 3.5%, compared to December 31,
2003. The increase was primarily due to net income for the year ended December 31, 2004, offset by distributions to our partners of $3.25 billion.

|Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
|-----------------------------------------

In December 2004,
    the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statements of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment.
This standard replaces SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.
This statement requires all entities to apply a fair-value-based measurement
method in accounting for share-based payment transactions with a) employees,
except for equity instruments held by employee share ownership plans, and b)
non-employees when acquiring goods or services. We will adopt the revised standard
effective July 1, 2005. We are currently evaluating the provisions of this standard
and do not expect the impact of the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) to have a material
effect on our results of operations or financial position as we account for our
liability awards using a fair value approach.

In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, Inventory Costs  an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4. This standard re-addresses the financial accounting and reporting of
inventory costs by requiring that abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs and wasted material (spoilage) be recognized as current-period charges.  We will adopt the standard effective January 1, 2006. We do not expect the
impact of the adoption of SFAS No. 151 to have a material effect on our results of operation s or financial position.

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets  An Amendment of APB Opinion No. 29. This standard eliminates the exception from fair value
measurement for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets. A nonmonetary exchange shall be measured based on the recorded amount of the nonmonetary asset(s) relinquished, and not on the fair values of the exchanged assets, if a) the fair
value is not determinable, b) the exchange transaction is to facilitate sales to customers, or c) the exchange transaction lacks commercial substance.  This statement specifies that a nonmonetary exchange has commercial substance if the future cash
flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as a result of the exchange. We will adopt the standard effective January 1, 2006. We do not expect the impact of the adoption of SFAS No. 153 to have a material effect on our results of
operations or financial position.

37

---

|Recent Developments
|-------------------

On December 22, 2004, we signed an agreement with Urban Comm-North Carolina, Inc. to purchase PCS spectrum in ten markets in eastern North Carolina for $68.5 million in cash. The licenses,
which cover a population of approximately 3.9 million, provide both additional capacity for voice and data services as well as service expansion opportunities in certain of the license areas. The Department of Justice and the Bankruptcy Court have
approved the transaction; however, it is subject to Urban Comm and the FCC reaching agreement settling certain pending matters, as well as approval of the transaction by the FCC.  The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2005.

On November 4, 2004, we signed an agreement for our purchase of all of the stock of NextWave Telecom Inc., pursuant to which we will acquire 23 PCS licenses for $3 billion in cash. We expect to
fund the purchase through cash flow from operations and borrowings from affiliates. The licenses cover a population of approximately 73 million and will provide spectrum capacity in key markets such as New York, Los Angeles, Boston, Washington D.C.
and Detroit, and will expand our footprint into Tulsa, Oklahoma. The Department of Justice, the FCC and the Bankruptcy Court have all approved the transaction, which is expected to close in April 2005.

On November 11, 2004, we announced that John Townsend had been named as our Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. The appointment became effective on January 1, 2005. Mr. Townsend
replaced Andrew Halford, who returned to the Vodafone Group as Financial Director Designate.

On February 15, 2005,
the FCC concluded an auction of 242 PCS licenses. We were the high bidder on
26 licenses, with bids totaling $364.9 million. The 26 licenses cover a population
of approximately 20 million, including approximately 2.2 million in markets where
we do not currently hold licenses. The licenses cover major markets, such as
Charlotte, Cleveland, St. Louis and San Diego. In addition, Vista PCS, LLC (Vista)
was high bidder on 37 licenses available only to entities qualifying as a small
business under FCC rules. Vista is a joint venture owned 80% by us and
20% by Valley Communications, LLC, which controls it, although we will consolidate
its results with ours. Vistas winning bids totaled $332.4 million. The
37 licenses cover a population of approximately 34.4 million, including approximately
2.2 million in markets where we do not currently hold licenses. The licenses
cover major markets, such as Charlotte, Cincinnati, Houston, Norfolk, Pittsburgh
and Seattle. We have committed funding to Vista, through capital contributions
and loans, in the amount of $314 million towards the payment for the licenses.

On February 18, 2005,
    we signed an additional promissory note with a wholly-owned subsidiary of
    Verizon that permits us to borrow, repay and reborrow from time-to-time up
    to a maximum principal amount of $6.5 billion with a maturity date of February
    22, 2008. Amounts borrowed under the note bear interest at a rate per annum
    equal to one-month LIBOR plus 20 basis points for each interest period, with
    the interest rate being adjusted on the first business day of each month.

On February 24, 2005,
    we signed an agreement with MetroPCS, Inc. to purchase 10 MHz of PCS spectrum
    covering the San Francisco BTA for a purchase price of $230 million. The
    transaction is subject to the approval of the FCC and the Department of Justice,
    and is expected to close in the second quarter of 2005.

On March 4, 2005, we completed the purchase from Qwest Wireless, LLC of all of its PCS licenses and related network assets for $418 million in cash. The licenses cover a population of
  approximately 30.9 million in 62 markets, and will provide needed capacity in certain of our existing major markets, such as Denver, Portland, Phoenix, Salt Lake City and Seattle.

On March 11, 2005, we
signed an agreement with Cricket Communications, Inc., a subsidiary of Leap Wireless
International, Inc., to purchase PCS licenses and related network assets covering
the  Michigan BTAs of Battle Creek, Flint, Kalamazoo and Jackson, and additional
PCS licenses in 15 other markets in Michigan, Wisconsin, Alabama, Arkansas, Mississippi
and New York, for $102.5 million in cash. These other licenses will provide an
 opportunity for additional expansion into markets in Michigan,  Arkansas, Alabama,
Mississippi and Wisconsin, and necessary capacity for existing markets in Michigan,
Arkansas, Alabama, Mississippi and upstate New York. The transaction is subject
to approval by the FCC and the Department of Justice, and is expected to close
around the middle of 2005.

38

---



|Factors That May Affect Future Results
|--------------------------------------

In addition to
      the information set forth above, the following factors, as well as the
      factors listed under Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements may
adversely affect our future results.

Legislation and Regulation

The licensing, construction, operation, sale, and interconnection arrangements of wireless communications systems are regulated to varying degrees by the FCC and, depending on the jurisdiction,
state and local regulatory agencies. In addition, the FCC, together with the Federal Aviation Administration, regulates tower marking and lighting, and other government agencies periodically consider various mandates on the wireless industry. We are
also subject to various environmental protection and health and safety laws and regulations, including limits on radio frequency radiation from mobile handsets and towers. Additionally, our business is increasingly subject to efforts by state
legislatures and state public utilities commissions to adopt legislation and regulations that could regulate the marketing, billing and provision of wireless service. Any of these agencies having jurisdiction over our business could adopt
regulations or take other actions that could increase our costs, place restrictions on our operations and growth potential or otherwise adversely affect our business.

The FCC and an increasing number of state authorities are requiring the wireless industry to comply with, and in some cases to fund, various initiatives, including federal and state universal
service programs, telephone number administration, local number portability, services to the hearing-impaired and emergency 911 networks. In addition, many states have imposed significant taxes on providers in the wireless industry. These
initiatives are imposing increasing costs on us and other wireless carriers and may otherwise adversely affect our business. For example, the FCC has mandated wireless providers to be capable of supplying the geographic coordinates of a
subscribers location when a subscriber makes an emergency call to public safety dispatch agencies, and to be capable of allowing subscribers to take their telephone number when they decide to change to a new wireless service provider. These
initiatives and programs increase our costs either directly in the form of fees and taxes to federal, state and local agencies, or in the form of expenses to comply with the regulatory mandates. Alternatively, these federal, state and local taxes
and fees may increase our customers cost of service, which may affect demand for our services. See Business-Regulatory Environment for a more detailed description of the regulatory environment affecting us.

We operate our system on spectrum pursuant to licenses issued to us by the FCC. The FCC is considering changes to its spectrum policies and rules that could impact our spectrum holdings. The
outcome of the FCCs proceedings could increase the radio interference to our operations from other spectrum users, allow other users to share our spectrum, or condition future renewals of our licenses on compliance with new spectrum use rules.
These changes potentially impact the ways in which we use our licensed spectrum, the capacity of that spectrum to carry traffic, and the value of that spectrum.

Legislation has been proposed in many state and local legislative bodies to restrict or prohibit the use of wireless phones while driving motor vehicles. Laws restricting the use of wireless
phones while driving have been enacted in other countries and, to date, the States of New Jersey and New York, the District of Columbia, and a small number of localities in the U.S., have passed such laws. Congress also considers on a regular basis
legislation that would amend the Communications Act, pursuant to which our licenses are issued. Future federal legislation could lead to increased costs to us of complying with new or modified regulations or could affect our access to and use of
spectrum.

Litigation

In recent years, there has been a substantial amount of litigation in the wireless industry, including patent lawsuits, personal injury lawsuits relating to alleged health effects of wireless
phones, antitrust class actions, and class action lawsuits that challenge marketing practices and disclosures, including practices and disclosures relating to alleged adverse health effects of handheld wireless phones. These lawsuits seek
substantial damages. The risk of litigation may be higher for companies like us that offer services nationally due to our increased prominence in the industry. We may incur significant expenses in defending these lawsuits. In addition, we may be
required to pay significant awards or settlements. For a discussion of significant litigation matters involving our company, see Business-Legal Proceedings.

Health Concerns

Some studies have suggested that radio frequency emissions from wireless handsets and cell sites may be associated with various health problems, including cancer, and may interfere with
electronic medical devices, including hearing aids and pacemakers. In addition, lawsuits have been filed against us and other participants in the wireless industry alleging various adverse health consequences as a result of wireless phone usage. In
May 2001, the U.S. General Accounting Office issued a report, entitledResearch and Regulatory Efforts on Mobile Phone Issues, observing that the consensus of various major
health agencies is that the research to date does not show radio frequency energy emitted from mobile phones to have adverse health

39

---

effects but there is not yet enough information to conclude that they pose no risk. The report offers recommendations to improve the FCCs review of mobile phone testing, as well as FCC and U.S. Food & Drug
Administration (FDA) consumer information on health issues relating to mobile phones. In July 2003, the FDA and the FCC stated that the available scientific evidence does not show that any health problems are associated with using
wireless phones, but it has not been proven that wireless phones are absolutely safe. Additional studies of radio frequency emissions are ongoing. The actual or perceived risk of radio frequency emissions could also adversely affect us through
diminished use of wireless services, reduced subscribers, or reduced financing available to the wireless communications industry.  Further, such health concerns could expose wireless providers to further litigation that, even if not successful, can
be costly to defend. Government authorities may increase regulation of wireless handsets and cell sites as a result of these health concerns.

Certain studies conclude that driving while using a wireless phone, whether with or without a hands-free device, may increase the risk of driver distraction and negatively impact driver safety.
While further studies are planned or underway, such concerns could lead to litigation or further legislative activity adversely affecting the business through diminished use of wireless services.

Competition in a Rapidly Changing Industry

The wireless industry is highly competitive and rapidly changing and characterized by substantial competition, which has led to reduced pricing and the need to develop and introduce new
services in order to retain and attract customers. Competition is expected to continue, which may lead to further pressure on pricing and increases in customer churn and retention costs. See Business-Competition.

Our Relationship with our Owners

Cellco Partnership is a joint venture controlled by Verizon Communications, although many important decisions, including decisions relating to equity issuances and significant acquisitions,
require the approval of representatives of Verizon Communications and Vodafone. Conflicts of interest may arise between us and our owners when we are faced with decisions that could have different implications for us and our owners, including
potential acquisitions of businesses, potential competition, the issuance or disposition of securities, the payment of distributions by the partnership, labor relations policies, tax, regulatory and legal matters.  In certain circumstances, our
owners are permitted to compete with us, which would increase the conflicts of interest.  Because of these conflicts, our owners may make decisions that are adverse to us. Moreover, it is possible that the representatives will not reach agreement
regarding matters that are very important to us and could be deadlocked. If deadlocks cannot be resolved, we will not be permitted to take the specified action, which could, among other things, result in us losing business opportunities and harm to
our competitive position.

We have agreed with our owners that we may not, without their consent, enter into any business other than the U.S. mobile wireless business. These restrictions limit our ability to grow our business through initiatives
such as expansion into international markets and acquisitions of wireless providers that are also engaged in other businesses outside our permitted activities. Many wireless providers that could otherwise be potential acquisition targets are
affiliated with companies that also engage in other domestic businesses, such as wireline or long-distance services, or in international wireless businesses. These restrictions may also preclude us from pursuing other attractive related or unrelated
business opportunities.

|Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking
    Statements
|--------------------------------------------------------------

In this Managements Discussion and Analysis, and elsewhere in this Annual Report and in our other public filings and statements (including oral communications), we make forward-looking
statements. These statements are based on our estimates and assumptions and are subject to risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements include the information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, capital
expenditures, anticipated cost savings and financing plans. Forward-looking statements also include those preceded or followed by the words may, will, expect, intend, plan,
anticipates, believes, estimates, hopes or
similar expressions. For those statements, we claim the protection of the safe
harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation
Reform Act of 1995.

Our actual future performance could differ materially from these forward-looking statements, as these statements involve a number of risks and uncertainties. You should therefore not place
undue reliance on these statements. The following important factors could affect future results and could cause those results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements:

- materially adverse changes in economic conditions in the markets served by us;
- an adverse change in the ratings afforded our debt securities or those of Verizon Communications by nationally accredited ratings organizations;

40

---

- our ability to obtain sufficient financing to satisfy our substantial capital requirements, including to fund capital expenditures, debt repayment and distributions to our owners;
- our ability to generate additional customers, with acceptable levels of churn, from resellers and distributors of our service;
- our continued provision of satisfactory service to our customers at an acceptable price;
- the effects of the substantial competition that exists in our markets, which has been intensifying;
- our ability to obtain sufficient spectrum licenses, particularly in our most densely populated areas;
- our ability to develop future business opportunities, including wireless data services, and to continue to adapt to the changing conditions in the wireless industry;
- our ability to receive satisfactory service from our key vendors and suppliers;
- material changes in available technology, and technology substitution that could impact the popularity and usage of our technology;
- the impact of continued unionization efforts with respect to our employees;
- regulatory developments, including new regulations that could increase our cost of doing business or reduce demand for our services;
- developments in connection with existing or future litigation; and
- changes in our accounting assumptions that regulatory agencies, including the SEC, may require or that result from changes in the accounting rules or their application, which could result in
an impact on earnings.

|Item 7A.Quantitative
    and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
|----------------------------------------------------------------------

Our primary market
    risk relates to changes in interest rates, which could impact results of
    operations. As of December 31, 2004, we had $11.6 billion of aggregate floating
    rate debt outstanding under intercompany loan facilities and the floating
    rate notes. The intercompany loans bear interest at rates that vary with
    Verizon Communications cost of funding; because a portion of its debt
    is fixed-rate, and because its cost of funding may be affected by events
    related solely to it, our interest rates may not adjust in accordance with
    market rates. A change in our interest rates of 100 basis points would change
our interest expense by approximately $116 million.

We also have exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates as a result of a series of sale/leaseback transactions that obligate us to make balloon payments in Japanese yen. However, we
have entered into forward exchange contracts that fully hedge the foreign exchange exposure for these balloon payment obligations, although we are subject to the risk that our counterparties to these contracts fail to perform. During 2004 we made
payments of $69 million. Taking into account these hedge arrangements, as of December 31, 2004, our remaining obligations under these balloon payments were $7 million. Without the protection of these hedge arrangements, a 10.0% increase or decrease
in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to the Japanese yen would change our obligations by approximately $1 million.

|Item 8.Financial
    Statements and Supplementary Data
|------------------------------------------------------

The consolidated financial statements required by this Item are set forth on the pages indicated at Item 15.

|Item 9.Changes
            in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial
    Disclosure
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

None.

|Item 9A.Controls
    and Procedures
|-----------------------------------

Our chief executive
    officer and chief financial officer have evaluated the effectiveness of the
    registrants disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), as of the end of the period covered by this annual report, that ensure that information relating to the registrant which is required to be disclosed in this report is recorded, processed, summarized and
reported, within required time periods. Based on this evaluation, which disclosed no significant deficiencies or material weaknesses, they have concluded that the registrants
disclosure controls and procedures were

41

---

adequate and effective to ensure that material information relating to the registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries would be made known to them by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which
this annual report was being prepared. There were no significant changes in the registrants internal control over financial reporting during the period covered by this annual report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to
materially affect, internal control over financial reporting.

Managements report on internal control over financial reporting and the attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm is included in our financial statements in
Item 15.

|Item 9B.Other
    Information
|-----------------------------

None.

|PART III
      Item
            10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The following table presents information regarding members of our board of representatives, our executive officers and other significant employees.

|Name                    | Age |  | Position                                                              
|----------------------- | --- |  | ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|Ivan G. Seidenberg      | 58  |  | Chairman of the Board of Representatives                              
|Arun Sarin              | 50  |  | Representative                                                        
|Dennis F. Strigl        | 58  |  | President and Chief Executive Officer, Representative                 
|Lawrence T. Babbio, Jr. | 60  |  | Representative                                                        
|Doreen A. Toben         | 55  |  | Representative                                                        
|Kenneth J. Hydon        | 60  |  | Representative                                                        
|Gavin Darby             | 49  |  | Representative                                                        
|Julian Horn-Smith       | 56  |  | Representative                                                        
|Lowell C. McAdam        | 50  |  | Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Representative  
|Richard J. Lynch        | 56  |  | Executive Vice President and Chief Technical Officer                  
|John Townsend           | 42  |  | Vice President and Chief Financial Officer                            
|Roger Gurnani           | 44  |  | Vice President-Information Systems and Chief Information Officer      
|John G. Stratton        | 44  |  | Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer                            
|Martha Delehanty        | 39  |  | Vice President  Human Resources                                      
|Steven E. Zipperstein   | 45  |  | Vice President-Legal & External Affairs, General Counsel and Secretary
|James J. Gerace         | 41  |  | Vice President-Corporate Communications                               
|Margaret P. Feldman     | 47  |  | Vice President-Business Development                                   
|Michael T. Stefanski    | 39  |  | Vice President and Controller                                         

Ivan G. Seidenberghas been Chairman of the board of representatives of Verizon Wireless since the companys launch in April 2000. He became
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Verizon Communications in 2004. From 2002 to 2004, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of Verizon Communications. From 2000 to 2002, he was Co-Chief Executive Officer of Verizon Communications. From
1998 to 2000, he was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Bell Atlantic Corporation. From 1997 to 1998, he was the Chief Executive Officer of Bell Atlantic Corporation. From 1997 to 1998, he was Vice Chairman, President and Chief Operating
Officer of Bell Atlantic Corporation. From 1995 to 1997, he was the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of NYNEX Corporation. His career in the communications industry also includes positions as Vice Chairman of NYNEXs Telecommunications
Group and President of its Worldwide Information and Cellular Services Group. He serves on the boards of directors of Honeywell International Inc. and Wyeth.

Arun Sarinhas been a member of our board of representatives since July 2003. He became Chief Executive of Vodafone Group Plc. in 2003. He was Chief
Executive Officer for the United States and Asia Pacific region until 2000, when he became a non-executive director of Vodafone Group Plc. He was a director of AirTouch Communications Inc. from 1995 to 2000 and was its President and Chief Operating
Officer from 1997 to 1999. In the past, he has served as a board member for The Gap, Inc., The Charles Schwab Corporation and Cisco Systems, Inc.

Dennis F. Striglhas served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Verizon Wireless and has been a member of our board of representatives since the
companys launch in April 2000. In addition, he has served as Executive Vice President of Verizon Communications since 2000. He had been President and Chief Executive Officer of Bell Atlantic Mobile and its predecessors since 1991, and was also
Group President and Chief Executive Officer of Bell Atlantic Global Wireless Group from 1997 to 2000. Mr. Strigl served as President of Ameritech Mobile Communications from 1984 to 1986, where he was

42

---

instrumental in launching the nations first cellular communications network. He later served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Applied Data Research Inc., and Vice President-Operations and Chief Operating
Officer for New Jersey Bell. Mr. Strigl is a past Chairman and current member of the Executive Committee of the Cellular Telecommunications & Internet Association, and currently serves on the boards of directors of Anadigics, Inc., PNC Financial
Services Group, Inc. and PNC Bank.

Lawrence T. Babbio, Jr.has been a member of our board of representatives since the companys launch in April 2000. He became President and Vice
Chairman of Verizon Communications in 2000 upon completion of the Bell Atlantic-GTE merger. From 1998 to 2000, he was President and Chief Operating Officer of Bell Atlantic Corporation. From 1997 until 1998, he served as President and Chief
Executive Officer of Bell Atlantics Network Group and Chairman of the companys Global Wireless Group and was Vice Chairman of Bell Atlantic Corporation prior to its merger with NYNEX. He serves on the boards of directors of Hewlett
Packard Company and ARAMARK Corporation.

Kenneth J. Hydonhas been a member of our board of representatives since the companys launch in April 2000. He is Vodafones Financial
Director and has been a member of Vodafones board of directors since 1985. He is a Fellow of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants, the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants and the Association of Corporate Treasurers. He
is director of several subsidiaries of Vodafone, and promotes U.S. investor relations. Mr. Hydon is also a Non-Executive Director of Reckitt Benckiser Plc and Tesco Plc.

Gavin Darbyhas been a member of our board of representatives since April 2004. He became Chief Executive, Americas Region for Vodafone in April 2004.
In August 2004 and January 2005, his responsibilities increased to include Vodafone affiliated companies in Africa and China, respectively. From September 2002 to 2004, he was Chief Executive Officer, Vodafone UK.  From 2001 to 2002, Mr. Darby was
Chief Operating Officer of Vodafone UK.  From 1985 to 2001, Mr. Darby held a number of positions of increasing responsibility and authority with Coca-Cola Europe.

Sir Julian Horn-Smithhas been a member of our board of representatives since July 2003. He became Vodafones Deputy Chief Executive in January
2005. From 2001 to 2004, he was Vodafones Group Chief Operating Officer and has been a member of Vodafone Group Plc's board of directors since 1996. Sir Julian has also held the position of Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Vodafone Holding
GmbH since 2003. Since joining Vodafone in 1984, Sir Julian has held various senior management positions. Sir Julian is a Non-Executive Director of Smiths Industries Plc, Lloyds TSB Group Plc, and a member of the Deutsch-Britische Gesellschaft e.V.
In 2002, he joined the board of the Prince of Wales International Business Leaders Forum, a UK-based organization promoting responsible business activity internationally.

Doreen A. Tobenhas been a member of our board of representatives since October 2002. She has been the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer for Verizon Communications since 2002.  From 2000 to 2002, she was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Verizon Communications Telecom Group. From 1997 to 2000, she was Vice President and Controller for Bell Atlantic
Corporation and a member of Bell Atlantic's Executive Committee. Prior to that, she held various financial positions at Bell Atlantic.

Lowell C. McAdamhas served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since the companys launch in April 2000 and has been a member
of our board of representatives since July 2003. From 1997 to 2000, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of PrimeCo. Prior to that, he was the Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of PrimeCo from 1994 to 1997. Mr. McAdam
joined AirTouch in 1993 where he served in a number of key positions, including Vice President-International Operations. Prior to that, he held various positions with Pacific Bell.

Richard J. Lynchhas been our Executive Vice President and Chief Technical Officer since the companys launch in April 2000. From 1995 to 2000, he
was the Executive Vice President and Chief Technical Officer for Bell Atlantic Mobile and Bell Atlantic NYNEX Mobile. He has served as Chairman of the Wireless Data Forum and as a charter member of the executive board of the CDMA Development Group,
an organization dedicated to advancement and development of CDMA technology.  He currently serves as a member of the Federal Communications Commissions Technical Advisory Council. Mr. Lynch is a senior member of The Institute of Electrical and
Electronic Engineers, Inc. (IEEE) and has been awarded patents in the area of wireless technology.

John Townsendhas been our Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since January 2005.  From 1993 to 2005, Mr. Townsend has held a number of senior
positions within the Vodafone Group, including Chief Financial Officer of Europolitan Holdings AB in Sweden and Chief Financial Officer of Vodafone Australia and, most recently, Financial Director of Vodafone UK. Prior to joining Vodafone, Mr.
Townsend was at KPMG Peat Marwick.

Roger Gurnanihas been our Vice President and Chief Information Officer since the companys launch in April 2000. From 1997 to 2000, he served as
Vice President and Chief Information Officer at Bell Atlantic Mobile. From 1994 to 1997, he was

43

---

Executive Director-Broadband Systems with Bell Atlantic. Prior to that, Mr. Gurnani held a number of information technology positions at WilTel (now MCI).

John G. Strattonhas been our Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer since 2001. From 2000 to 2001, he served as President of our companys
Northwest Area. He was President of Bell Atlantic Mobiles Philadelphia Tri-State Region from 1998 to 2000. He also served as Regional Vice President  Retail Sales and Operations and Vice President of Marketing for the New York Metro
Market since joining Bell Atlantic Mobile in 1993. Prior to that, he was Vice President of Merchandising for Jersey Camera.

Martha Delehantyhas been our Vice President  Human Resources since March 2004.  From 2000 to 2004, she was Executive Director  Employee
Relations. Prior to joining Verizon Wireless, she was a field director for GTE Wireless. From 1991 to 2000, Ms. Delehanty held a number of positions of increasing responsibility and authority with GTE.

Steven E. Zippersteinhas been our Vice President-Legal and External Affairs, General Counsel and Secretary since
January 2004. Mr. Zipperstein served as Senior Vice President and Deputy General Counsel at Verizon Communications since its launch in 2000 and previously with GTE since 1997. Prior to 1997, Mr. Zipperstein served as Chief Assistant U.S. Attorney in
Los Angeles and Special Counsel to the Assistant Attorney General, U.S. Department of Justice. Mr. Zipperstein began his legal career in 1983 at the law firm of Hufstedler, Miller, Carlson & Beardsley.

James J. Geracehas been our Vice President-Corporate Communications since the companys launch in April 2000. From 1995 to 2000, he was Vice
President-Public Relations at Bell Atlantic Mobile. From 1991 to 1995, he served as Director of Public Relations for NYNEX Mobile Communications. He began his wireless communications career with NYNEX Mobile Communications in 1986 as Manager of
Employee Communications.

Margaret P. Feldmanhas been our Vice President-Business Development since 2001. From 2000 to 2001, she was Staff Vice President-Tax. From 1997 to 2000,
Ms. Feldman held a number of positions of increasing responsibility and authority with our predecessor companies, GTE and Contel Corporation.  She began her career at Arthur Andersen & Co. in 1982 in Atlanta, Georgia.

Michael T. Stefanskihas been our Vice President and Controller since 2003.  From 2000 to 2003, he was Staff Vice President-Strategic & Financial
Planning.  From 1998 to 2000, he was Director of Finance and from 1994 to 1998, he held various financial positions for Bell Atlantic Mobiles Philadelphia Tri-State Region. From 1990 to 1994, Mr. Stefanski held a position in Internal Audit at
Bell Atlantic Corporation.

Verizon Wireless has adopted a code of ethics, as that term is defined in Item 406 of Regulation S-K, which applies to our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, who is also
our Chief Accounting Officer. A copy of this code may be found on our website at http://www.verizonwireless.com/b2c/aboutUs/index.jsp. We will post any amendments to, or any waiver granted to any executive officer under, this code on our
website.

The board of representatives of Verizon Wireless determined that both members of our audit committee, Mr. Hydon and Ms. Toben, are audit committee financial experts, as that term is defined in
Item 401(h) of Regulation S-K. Neither Mr. Hydon nor Ms. Toben are independent, as that term is defined in Item 7(d)(3)(iv) of Schedule 14A under the Exchange Act.

|Item 11. Executive
    Compensation
|-----------------------------------

The human resources committee of our board of representatives establishes and administers the compensation and benefit plans for our chief executive officer and each of our four most highly
compensated executive officers, whom we refer to as named executive officers.

Prior to the contribution of assets by Verizon Communications and Vodafone to us on April 3, 2000, each of the named executive officers was employed and compensated by one of our predecessor
companies. Since April 3, 2000, all of our named executive officers have participated in our health and welfare benefit plans. Mr. Strigl participated in selected Verizon Communications and Verizon Wireless benefit plans through December 31, 2004.
Effective as of January 1, 2005, Mr. Strigl began participating exclusively in Verizon Communications benefit plans.  Mr. Halford continues to participate in Vodafone benefit plans.

|Summary Compensation Table
|--------------------------

As further described below, the compensation structure for the named executive officers consists of:

44

---

- salary;
- short-term incentive paid in cash; and
- long-term incentive in the form of equity or equity-based compensation.

Salary.Salaries listed in the summary compensation table represent each executives total salary for 2002, 2003 and 2004.

Short-term incentives.Bonuses listed in the table below represent each executives incentive amount paid pursuant to our short-term incentive plan
for 2002, 2003, and 2004. Award values under our short-term incentive plan are based on the achievement of predetermined revenue, operating cash flow and net subscriber addition goals and quality and strategic objectives. The short-term incentive
bonus paid to Mr. Halford is based on the achievement of predetermined objectives pursuant to the Vodafone short-term incentive plan. This plan has two elements: a base award earned by the achievement of one-year performance targets and an
enhancement award. The base award is delivered in the form of either cash or Vodafone shares. If it is delivered in shares, an enhancement award of 50% of the base shares is also made. The base shares are released after two years dependent upon
continued employment. The enhancement award is released at the same time but is also dependent upon the achievement of a two-year performance target.

Long-term incentives.Long-term compensation listed in the table below represents grants made to each named executive officer pursuant to our long-term
incentive plan, other than for Mr. Strigl and Mr. Halford. Mr. Strigls long-term incentives are made pursuant to the Verizon Communications long-term incentive plan. Mr. Halfords long-term incentives are made pursuant to the Vodafone
Group Plc 1999 long-term incentive plan. On an ongoing basis, our human resources committee sets the number of long-term incentive awards granted to each of the named executive officers each year.

The following summary compensation table sets forth information concerning total compensation earned or paid to our named executive officers during the fiscal years 2002, 2003 and 2004.

|Summary Compensation
    Table    
|----------------------------------
|Fiscal Year 2004                  
|                                  
|                                  
|Named and Principal Position      
|                                  
|Dennis F. Strigl                  
|President and                     
|Chief Executive Officer           
|                                  
|Lowell C. McAdam                  
|Executive Vice President and      
|Chief Operating Officer           
|                                  
|Richard J. Lynch                  
|Executive Vice President and      
|Chief Technical Officer           
|                                  
|Andrew N. Halford                 
|Vice President and Chief          
|Financial Officer (6)             
|                                  
|                                  
|                                  
|Roger Gurnani                     
|Vice President Information Systems
|and Chief Information Officer     

|   
|---
|(1)
|(2)
|   

45

---

|    | Communications common stock on the dividend payment date. Messrs. Strigl, McAdam, Lynch and Gurnani hold a total of 105,659, 25,200, 10,400 and 10,000 restricted stock units, which had a dollar value of $4,280,229,
$1,020,852, $421,304 and $405,100, respectively based upon the closing price of Verizon Communications common stock on December 31, 2004.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            
|--- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(3) | Messrs. McAdam, Lynch and Gurnani hold a total of 125,500, 70,000 and 45,000 restricted partnership units respectively, which had a dollar value of $2,193,740, $1,223,600 and $786,600 respectively, based upon the fair
market value of a partnership unit on December 31, 2004. Mr. Halfords 2002 grant reflects the dollar value of a one-time grant of restricted stock units based on the closing price of Vodafone common stock on the grant date of June 19, 2002.
Mr.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             
|    | Halfords 2003 grant reflects the dollar value of a grant of restricted performance shares based on the closing price of Vodafone common stock on the grant date of July 9, 2003. In 2004, Mr. Halford received a grant of
restricted performance shares and a grant of shares which both reflect the dollar value based on the closing price of Vodafone common stock on the grant date of July 5, 2004. Mr. Halford was granted a total of 135,617 restricted performance shares
and 350 shares in Vodafone in 2004 with a dollar value of $367,774 and $949, respectively, based upon the closing price of Vodafone common stock on December 31, 2004. Each of the restricted performance shares grants vest in three years and are
subject to meeting specified performance measures. The 2004 share grant vests in two years and is subject to continued employment.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   
|(4) | Reflects non-qualified stock option grants made to Mr. Strigl in 2002, 2003 and 2004 to purchase Verizon Communications common stock, partnership value appreciation rights granted to Messrs. McAdam, Lynch and Gurnani under
our long-term incentive plan in 2002 and 2004, and stock option grants Mr. Halford received in 2002, 2003 and 2004 under the Vodafone Group Plc. 1999 long-term incentive plan.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              
|(5) | For fiscal year 2004, includes contributions by us to qualified plans for Messrs. Strigl, McAdam, Lynch and Gurnani in the amounts of $12,300, $18,300, $18,300 and $18,300, respectively; contributions by us to non-qualified
plans for Mr. McAdam, Lynch and Gurnani in the amounts of $96,677, $55,217 and $46,829 respectively; contributions by us to the Verizon Wireless Retirement Plan for Mr. McAdam, Lynch and Gurnani in the amounts of $4,100, $4,100 and $4,100,
respectively; and contributions by Verizon Communications to Mr. Strigl, McAdam, Lynch and Gurnani under the non-qualified income deferral plan in the amounts of $845,450, $363,936, $207,680, $175,040. For 2004, the value of Mr. Strigls
premium and related tax reimbursement paid by Verizon Communications for life insurance benefits was $141,477. Also included, for Mr. Halford, company contributions in the form of shares of Vodafone under the Vodafone Group share incentive plan with
a value of $2,880; a contribution by Vodafone to the Vodafone Group pension scheme and Vodafone group funded unapproved retirement benefit scheme of $97,195 and $226,408 respectively; and relocation expenses and overseas allowances of
$429,846.
|(6) | Mr. Halford became our chief financial officer as of April 1, 2002 pursuant to an international assignment agreement with Vodafone. He is paid in UK pounds sterling. All amounts shown are in U.S. dollars at an exchange rate
of £ = 1.9199 the reference exchange rate for December 31, 2004. Mr. Halfords salary includes a premium of $215,989 for his additional responsibilities in the United States. Mr. Halfords bonus reflects the value of his 2004 base
award and enhancement award. Effective as of January 1, 2005, John Townsend became our Chief Financial Officer. In recognition of Mr. Halfords completion of service with Verizon Wireless he received a bonus payment of $556,771 in the first quarter of 2005.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    
|    |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             
|    |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             

|Year 2004 Grants of Stock
    Options and Partnership Value Appreciation Rights
|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The following tables describe grants of stock options or partnership value appreciation rights to each of our named executive officers for the year ending December 31, 2004.

Verizon Communications Stock Options

Options to purchase Verizon Communications common stock were granted in 2004 pursuant to the Verizon Communications long-term incentive plan.

|Name                 |  | Number of Securities
Underlying Options
Granted |  | % of Total
Options Granted
to Employees in Fiscal Year |  | Exercise or Base
    Price ($/Share) |  | Expiration Date |  | Grant Date
Present Value
|-------------------- |  | ----------------------------------------------- |  | ------------------------------------------------------ |  | ------------------------------------ |  | --------------- |  | ------------------------
|                     |  |                                                 |  |                                                        |  |                                      |  |                 |  |                         
|Dennis F. Strigl (1) |  | 211,900
(2)                                     |  | 1.3%                                                   |  | $36.7500                             |  | 2/3/2014        |  | $1,900,700(3)           

|   
|---
|(1)
|(2)
|(3)

Verizon Communications options generally vest as to one-third of the aggregate number of shares each year, commencing one year after the date of grant. These options include a reload
feature, which provides that, if an optionee exercises a stock option by delivering previously owned shares that are sufficient to pay the exercise price plus applicable tax withholdings, he or she will receive an additional stock option grant. The
number of shares represented by that option will be equal to the number of previously owned shares surrendered in this transaction. This replacement stock option will be granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the underlying
stock on the date of grant and will become exercisable six months from the date of the grant.

46

---

Partnership Value Appreciation Rights

Partnership value appreciation rights were granted in 2004 pursuant to our long-term incentive plan.

|Name                 | Number of 
      Securities 
      Underlying 
      Options
      Granted |  | % of Total 
      Options Granted to Employees in
      Fiscal Year |  | Exercise or 
      Base Price
    ($/Share) |  | Expiration
      Date |  | Potential Realizable
      Value at Assumed
      Annual Rates of 
      Stock Price
      Appreciation for Option Term
|-------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------- |  | ------------------------------------------------------------------- |  | ------------------------------------------- |  | --------------------- |  | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|                     |                                                                            |  |                                                                     |  |                                             |  |                       |  | 5%                                                                                                                     
|Lowell C. McAdam (1) | 420,863                                                                    |  | 0.86%                                                               |  | $13.89                                      |  | 3/31/2014             |  | $3,676,384                                                                                                             
|Richard J. Lynch (1) | 254,388                                                                    |  | 0.52%                                                               |  | 13.89                                       |  | 3/31/2014             |  | 2,222,167                                                                                                              
|Roger Gurnani (1)    | 133,093                                                                    |  | 0.27%                                                               |  | 13.89                                       |  | 3/31/2014             |  | 1,162,613                                                                                                              

|(1) | On March 31, 2004, Messrs. McAdam, Lynch and Gurnani received grants under our long-term incentive plan. These grants vest at the same time in full on March 31, 2007.
|--- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The potential realizable value is calculated based on the term of the partnership value appreciation right. It is calculated using the fair market value of the value appreciation right on the
date of grant, which represents the value of the firm as of March 31, 2004, and appreciates at projected annual rates compounded annually for the entire term of the value appreciation right and that the right is exercised and sold on the last day of
its term for the appreciated stock price. These numbers are calculated based on the requirements of the SEC and do not reflect our estimate of future stock price growth.

Vodafone Group Plc Stock Options

Options to purchase Vodafone common stock were granted in 2004 pursuant to the Vodafone Group Plc 1999 long-term incentive plan.

|Name                  | Number of 
    Securities 
    Underlying 
    Options Granted |  | % of Total 
    Options Granted to Employees in Fiscal Year |  | Exercise or 
    Base Price ($/Share) |  | Expiration Date |  | Potential Realizable
    Value at Assumed
    Annual Rates of 
    Stock Price Appreciation for Option Term
|--------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------- |  | ----------------------------------------------------------- |  | ------------------------------------- |  | --------------- |  | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|                      |                                                                |  |                                                             |  |                                       |  |                 |  | 5%                                                                                                         
|Andrew N. Halford (1) | 226,808                                                        |  | 0.41%                                                       |  | 1.190                                 |  | 7/5/2014        |  | $325,929                                                                                                   

|(1) | On July 5, 2004, Mr. Halford received a grant under Vodafones long-term stock incentive plan. This option is subject to performance conditions that are aimed to link the exercise of the option to improvements in the
financial performance of Vodafone.
|--- | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The potential realizable value is calculated based on the term of the option. It is calculated assuming that the fair market value of Vodafone common stock on the date of grant appreciates at
projected annual rates compounded annually for the entire term of the option and that the option is exercised and sold on the last day of its term for the appreciated stock price. These numbers are calculated based on the requirements of the SEC and
do not reflect our estimate of future stock price growth.

|Aggregate Exercise in Year 2004 and Year-End Values of Options and Value Appreciation Rights
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The following table provides information for the named executive officers regarding exercises of Verizon Communications options, partnership value appreciation rights and Vodafone options in
2004. Additionally, the table provides the value of unexercised options and value appreciation rights which have been based on the fair market value of the shares of common stock of Verizon Communications and Vodafone and on the value of the
partnership appreciation rights on December 31, 2004, less the applicable exercise price.

|                      | Shares 
  Acquiredon Exercise |  | Value Realized |  | Number of Securities 
  Underlying Unexercised 
  Options/VARsas of 12/31/04 (#) |  | Value of Unexercised 
In-The-Money Options/
VARs as of 12/31/04 ($)
|--------------------- | ----------------------------- |  | -------------- |  | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |  | -------------------------------------------------------------------
|Name                  | (#)                           |  | ($)            |  | Exercisable                                                                      |  | Unexercisable                                                      
|Dennis F. Strigl (1)  |                              |  |               |  | 1,263,670                                                                        |  | 432,302                                                            
|Lowell C. McAdam (2)  |                              |  |               |  | 573,861                                                                          |  | 820,863                                                            
|Richard J. Lynch (2)  |                              |  |               |  | 316,408                                                                          |  | 454,388                                                            
|Andrew N. Halford (3) |                              |  |               |  | 344,800                                                                          |  | 754,585                                                            
|Roger Gurnani (2)     |                              |  |               |  | 214,107                                                                          |  | 263,093                                                            

47

---

|(1) | Represents Verizon Communications options.           
|--- | -----------------------------------------------------
|(2) | Represents our partnership value appreciation rights.
|(3) | Represents Vodafone options.                         

|Retirement and Other Plans
|--------------------------

Verizon Communications Income Deferral Plan

The Verizon Communications income deferral plan is a nonqualified, unfunded, supplemental retirement and deferred compensation plan under which an individual account is maintained for each
participant. The plan allows the participants to defer voluntarily the receipt of up to 100% of their eligible compensation, and also provides retirement and other benefits to certain executives through credits made by Verizon Communications to the
participants account under the plan. Eligible compensation consists of:

- a participants base salary in excess of the Internal Revenue Code limit on compensation for qualified retirement plans, which was $205,000 in 2004 and is $210,000 in 2005;
- all of the participants annual incentive award under the Verizon Communications short-term incentive plan; plus
- retention awards or other bonuses which the plan administrator determines are eligible for deferral.

If a participant elects to defer income, Verizon Communications provides a matching contribution equal to the rate of match under the qualified savings plan for management employees. In most
cases, that rate is 100% of the first 4% of eligible compensation deferred and 50% of the next 2% of eligible compensation deferred. In addition, until December 31, 2004, Verizon Communications automatically made retirement contributions to a
participants account equal to 32% of the base salary, in excess of $205,000, and short-term incentive award components of the participants eligible compensation for the first 20 years of participation in the plan and, thereafter, equal
to 7% of such eligible compensation.

Verizon Communications maintains an individual account for each participant in the income deferral plan. For 2004, Verizon Communications matching and retirement contributions to Mr.
Strigls account were $845,450, with aggregate company matching and retirement contributions in the amount of $4,448,952. Effective as of January 1, 2004, Messrs. McAdam, Lynch and Gurnani became participants in the Verizon Communications
income deferral plan for the 2004 plan year. Messrs. McAdam and Lynch and Gurnani were not permitted to defer any income under the plan; however, they received retirement contributions as described above. For 2004, Verizon Communications
retirement contributions to Messrs. McAdams, Lynchs and Gurnanis accounts were $363,936, $207,680 and $175,040, respectively.

The Verizon Communications human resources committee eliminated the Verizon Communications income deferral plan and froze the accrual of future benefits under the plan, including the 32%
retirement contribution credit on eligible compensation, as of the close of business on December 31, 2004. As a result Messrs. McAdam, Lynch and Gurnani will no longer receive retirement contributions under the Verizon Communications income deferral
plan.  Beginning January 1, 2005, Mr. Strigl is eligible to receive retirement pay credits equal to 4% to 7% (depending on age and service) on all eligible compensation that exceeds the Internal Revenue Code limit on compensation for qualified
retirement plans. This action reduces future guaranteed pension credits received by Mr. Strigl from 32% to a range of 4% to 7%.

|Vodafone Americas Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan
|-------------------------------------------------

Mr. McAdam participated in the Vodafone Americas Inc. deferred compensation plan. This plan is a nonqualified, supplemental retirement and deferred compensation plan. The plan allowed Mr.
McAdam to defer all or a part of his base salary and specified other incentive compensation and made him eligible to receive a matching contribution up to 6% of his base salary and specified other incentive compensation in excess of the Internal
Revenue Code limit on compensation for qualified retirement plans. Mr. McAdam no longer participates in this plan. However, he continues to receive interest on his account balance at a rate equal to the October valuation of the 10-year Treasury note
plus 2%.

|Verizon Wireless Executive Savings Plan
|---------------------------------------

Messrs. McAdam, Lynch and Gurnani participate in the Verizon Wireless executive savings plan (formerly, the Bell Atlantic Mobile Executive Savings Plan). This plan is a nonqualified, unfunded,
supplemental retirement and deferred compensation plan. The plan allows participants to defer voluntarily a portion of their compensation. Participants are allowed to defer:

- all or a portion of a participants base salary in excess of the Internal Revenue Code limit on compensation for qualified retirement plans, which was $205,000 in 2004; plus
- all or a portion of the participants annual incentive award under our short-term incentive plan.

48

---

If a participant defers a portion of their eligible compensation through the plan, we provide a matching contribution generally equal to 100% of the first 6% of the participants
compensation contributed under the plan. Amounts deferred in the plan are invested in a fixed-income fund or a phantom partnership equity fund at the discretion of the participant, who is entitled to switch between funds on a daily basis.

The portion of Messrs. McAdams, Lynchs and Gurnanis accounts contributed by us as of December 31, 2004 was $96,677, $55,217 and $46,829, respectively.

Effective as of January 1, 2005, the Verizon Wireless executive savings plan will be amended to freeze the accrual of benefits under the plan.  Participants in the executive savings plan will
not accrue any additional benefits other than market-based investment earnings or losses on their individual accounts. Participants will retain the ability to invest their frozen accounts in the investment options available under the executive
savings plan. However, they will not be able to defer any new compensation under the terms of the executive savings plan.

Verizon Wireless Executive Deferral Plan

Effective as of January 1, 2005, the Verizon Wireless executive deferral plan was adopted in order to comply with Section 885 of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 and Section 409A of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Messrs. McAdam, Lynch and Gurnani are eligible to participate in the Verizon Wireless executive deferral plan. This plan is a nonqualified, unfunded, supplemental retirement and deferred compensation plan. The plan
allows participants to defer voluntarily a portion of their compensation. Participants are allowed to defer:

- all or a portion of a participants base salary in excess of the Internal Revenue Code limit on compensation for qualified retirement plans, which is $210,000 in 2005; plus
- all or a portion of the participants annual incentive award under our short-term incentive plan.

If a participant defers a portion of his or her eligible compensation under the plan, we will provide a matching contribution generally equal to 100% of the first 6% of the participants
compensation deferred under the plan. Amounts deferred under the plan are invested in a fixed-income fund or a partnership unit equity fund at the discretion of the participant, who is entitled to switch between funds on a daily basis.

Bell Atlantic NYNEX Mobile Executive Transition and Retention Retirement Plan

Mr. Lynch participated in the Bell Atlantic NYNEX Mobile executive transition and retention retirement plan. This plan is a non-qualified, unfunded supplemental retirement plan under which an
individual account is maintained for each participant. Participants accounts are fully vested at all times. Mr. Lynchs active participation in the plan ended on January 1, 2004. He will continue to receive interest on his account balance
at a rate equal to 8% annually. Amounts are payable upon separation from service with us or any affiliated company, including amounts representing a full year of service even if the separation is effected before the end of that year. As of December
31, 2004, Mr. Lynchs account balance was $1,401,365.

Verizon Management Pension Plan

The Verizon Communications management pension plan is a noncontributory, tax-qualified pension plan for salaried employees that provides for distribution of benefits in a lump sum or an
annuity, at the participants election. All participant pension benefits under this plan are calculated using a cash balance formula that provides for pay credits equal to 4% to 7% (depending on age and service) of annual eligible pay, up to
the Internal Revenue Code limit on compensation for qualified retirement plans, for each year of service following the conversion to cash balance. Effective January 1, 2005, in connection with his change to a Verizon Communications service company
payroll, Mr. Strigl began participating in the Verizon Communications management pension plan.  Mr. Strigls prior service with Bell Atlantic Mobile and us is recognized for pension plan vesting and eligibility purposes only.

In general, eligible pay includes base salary and short-term incentives, exclusive of certain senior manager or other incentive compensation, and other similar types of payments. Additionally,
monthly interest credits are made to the participants account balance based upon the prevailing market yields on certain U.S. Treasury obligations. In order to record these pay and interest credits, the plan administrator maintains a
hypothetical account balance for each participant. However, as part of the transition to a cash balance formula, all participants who had at least 10 years of service as of January 1, 2002 receive benefits under an alternative formula, referred to
as the highest average pay formula, if that formula provides a higher benefit than the cash balance formula. Under this formula, pensions are computed until 2008 on 1.35% of eligible pay for average annual salary for the five highest
consecutive years, up to the Internal Revenue Code limit on compensation for qualified retirement plans, for each year of service.  In 2008, the Verizon Communications management pension plan will shift from this highest average pay formula to
a career average pay formula. Under the career average pay formula, an employees pension is computed on 1.35%

49

---

of eligible pay for average annual salary over the remainder of the employees career up to the Internal Revenue Code limit on compensation for qualified retirement plans, for each year of service.

The following table illustrates the estimated annual benefit payable pursuant to the highest average pay formula under the Verizon Communications management pension plan based on a
maximum compensation limit of $205,000, which is the Internal Revenue Code limit on compensation for qualified retirement plans in 2004. The table assumes normal retirement at age 65 and is calculated on a single life annuity basis, based upon final
average earnings and years of service:

Pension Plan Table

|                       |         |  |         |  | Years of Service |  |         |  |        
|---------------------- | ------- |  | ------- |  | ---------------- |  | ------- |  | -------
|Final Average Earnings | 15      |  | 20      |  | 25               |  | 30      |  | 35     
|                       |         |  |         |  |                  |  |         |  |        
|$205,000               | $41,513 |  | $55,350 |  | $69,188          |  | $83,025 |  | $96,863

Verizon Enterprises Management Pension Plan

Mr. Lynch participated in the Verizon Enterprises management pension plan. This is a non-contributory, tax-qualified pension plan that provides for distribution of benefits in a lump sum or an
annuity, at the participants election. Mr. Lynchs active participation in the plan ended on June 30, 1995. His accrued benefit of $2,827 expressed as a single life annuity payable at age 65, reflects service and pay history while
employed by Bell Atlantic prior to July 1, 1995.

Bell Atlantic Executive Management Retirement Income Plan

Mr. Lynch participated in the Bell Atlantic executive management retirement income plan. This is a non-contributory, nonqualified excess pension plan that provides for distribution of benefits
in a lump sum or an annuity, at the participants election. Mr. Lynchs active participation in the plan ended on June 30, 1995. His accrued benefit of $4,174 expressed as a single life annuity payable immediately, reflects service and pay
history while employed at Bell Atlantic prior to July 1, 1995.

Verizon Wireless Retirement Plan

Messrs. McAdam, Lynch and Gurnani participate in the Verizon Wireless retirement plan. We provide a transitional contribution of 2% of eligible pay up to the Internal Revenue Code limit on
compensation for qualified retirement plans, which was $205,000 in 2004, for all eligible employees who were actively employed as of January 1, 2001 and who are not continuing to participate in a pension plan sponsored by GTE or its successor. The
transitional benefit is provided annually. The first contribution was made during the first quarter of 2002 for the 2001 plan year. The 2004 plan year contribution is the last contribution to be made to all participants. The portion of Messrs.
McAdams, Lynchs and Gurnanis accounts contributed by us as of December 31, 2004 was $4,100, $4,100 and $4,100, respectively.

Vodafone Group Pension Schemes

Mr. Halford participates in the Vodafone Group pension scheme. This is a defined benefit scheme restricted by the UK Inland Revenue earnings limits. Mr. Halford also participates in the
Vodafone Group funded unapproved retirement benefit scheme which is a defined contribution scheme allowing contributions in excess of the UK Inland Revenue cap. The amounts contributed in 2004 by Vodafone to the Vodafone Group pension scheme and
Vodafone Group funded unapproved retirement benefit scheme are $97,195 and $226,408, respectively.

The following table shows the total estimated annual pension benefits payable to Mr. Halford under the Vodafone Group pension scheme upon retirement at age 60, the normal retirement age at
Vodafone Group Plc. The pensionable remuneration covered by this plan is presently capped by the UK Inland Revenue at an annual maximum of $195,830. For purposes of this table, pensionable remuneration means base salary only.
The amounts set forth below are not subject to any deduction for Social Security or any other offset.

|                             |         |  | Years of Service |  |           
|---------------------------- | ------- |  | ---------------- |  | ----------
|Pensionable Remuneration ($) | 15      |  | 20               |  | 25 or more
|125,000                      | $62,500 |  | $83,333          |  | $83,333   
|150,000                      | $75,000 |  | $100,000         |  | $100,000  
|195,830 or more              | $97,915 |  | $130,553         |  | $130,553  

At December 31, 2004, the number of creditable years of service and pensionable remuneration for Mr. Halford was 6 years and $196,790, respectively. As of December 31, 2004, the accrued
actuarial value of his benefit is $205,531.

2000 Verizon Wireless Long-Term Incentive Plan

50

---

Messrs. McAdam, Lynch and Gurnani participate in the 2000 Verizon Wireless long-term incentive plan, pursuant to which they have been granted partnership value appreciation rights and
restricted partnership units. The plan also provides for the following awards: incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, nonqualified stock options, deferred stock, dividend equivalents, performance
awards, restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights and other equity-based awards. While stock options and other equity-based awards have been authorized under the plan, the issuance of such securities is not currently contemplated by our
partnership agreement and accordingly would require further authorization by our partners before issuance.

The following individuals are eligible to receive awards under our plan, including value appreciation rights:

- our officers or officers of an affiliated company;
- other of our employees or employees of an affiliated company;
- individuals whose services are leased or seconded to us or to an affiliated company; and
- consultants who perform bona fide services for us or for an affiliated company.

Unless the plan committee determines otherwise, the exercise price of each value appreciation right may generally not be less than the fair market value on the date of grant. Except as
otherwise provided by the plan committee or otherwise provided in the plan, a value appreciation right will become fully exercisable on the third anniversary of the date of grant and will expire on the tenth anniversary of the date of grant, subject
to earlier expiration as provided in the plan. Except as otherwise provided by the plan committee or otherwise provided in the plan, a restricted partnership unit will become vested and will be automatically settled on the award termination date and
the target number of restricted partnership units granted will increase up to 150% of the target number of units granted if specified performance and time measures are met. If specified performance and time measures are not met, the target number of
restricted partnership units will be reduced, but shall be not less than 50% of the target number of restricted partnership units granted.

In the sole discretion of the plan committee, in the event of our initial public offering or an initial public offering of any affiliated company which serves as a public offering vehicle
representing our business, value appreciation rights and restricted partnership units outstanding on the effective date of the public offering may be converted into stock options to purchase the publicly traded common stock of us and into restricted
stock, respectively, or if different, the public offering vehicle. If value appreciation rights and restricted partnership units are converted, then, unless the plan committee specifies otherwise, such converted stock options and restricted stock
will become exercisable according to the terms specified by the plan committee.

The plan committee may provide in each participants grant document the effect that a change in control of our company (as defined in the plan) will have on his or her grant. Our board of
representatives may generally amend or terminate the plan at any time. The plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of its effective date, unless our board of representatives terminates the plan earlier or extends it with approval of the
stockholders.

Vodafone Group Plc 1999 Long Term Stock Incentive Plan

Mr. Halford currently participates in the Vodafone Group Plc 1999 long-term incentive plan. The plan is administered at the discretion of the Vodafone Group Plc remuneration committee. Option
grants are normally made within six weeks following the announcement of Vodafones results on the London Stock Exchange for any financial period. Options granted under the plan are subject to performance conditions that are aimed to link the
exercise of options to improvements in the financial performance of Vodafone.

In 2002, 2003 and 2004, Mr. Halford received stock awards under the plan. Eligible employees are granted an award of Vodafone ordinary shares, which may be purchased, together with any
dividends on such shares, by the employee at a predetermined price 3 to 10 years after if he or she remains employed by Vodafone through that date. Upon a change in control of Vodafone, the trustees of the plan will take whatever action they
consider appropriate, including exercising their discretion to transfer any ordinary shares underlying an award

In 2002, 2003 and 2004, Mr. Halford also received restricted performance share awards under the plan. Eligible employees are granted an award of Vodafone restricted performance shares. The 2002
and 2003 grants vest in three years, dependent upon Vodafones relative total shareholder return performance. The 2004 grant vests in three years, dependent upon Vodafones earnings per share growth. Restricted performance share awards
made under the plan will only vest to the extent that the performance condition has been achieved at the end of the three-year performance period.

In 2004, Mr. Halford also received a share award under the plan.  The award vests in two years, subject to continued employment with Vodafone, and is not dependent on performance.

51

---

Vodafone Group Share Incentive Plan

Mr. Halford participates in the Vodafone Group share incentive plan. Under this plan, eligible employees can contribute up to a maximum of $240 per month, to enable trustees of the plan to
purchase shares of Vodafone stock on their behalf, with an equivalent number of shares being purchased for the employee by Vodafone. As of December 31, 2004, Mr. Halford has contributed $2,880 of base salary to the plan and the value of the shares
contributed by Vodafone is $2,880.

|Employment Arrangements
|-----------------------

Dennis F. Strigl. Mr. Strigl will receive the compensation and benefits outlined below for the term of his agreement. If Mr. Strigl resigns or retires,
he will be entitled only to the benefits that would be provided to a similarly situated Verizon Communications senior executive upon termination. Generally, if an executives employment terminates following a change in control of Verizon
Communications, or due to good reason, or as a result of death or disability, the executive will generally receive the same benefits as if he were involuntarily terminated without cause (defined below). However, if the termination is due to
disability, the lump sum payment will be offset by amounts payable to the executive under any Verizon Communications sponsored disability plan. If an executives employment is involuntarily terminated without cause, his outstanding stock
options will vest and will be exercisable until the earlier of five years after the date of termination or the maximum term of the option. In addition, the portion of the one-time grant of restricted stock units that was due to vest based upon
continuous employment will become payable on the scheduled date, and the remaining unvested portion of that grant will become payable only if Verizon Communications attains the applicable performance goals. If Mr. Strigl is terminated for cause or
voluntarily resigns, he will no longer receive any salary or benefits and will forfeit the unvested portion of the one-time award of a stock option granted in 2000 and the unvested portion of the one-time award granted in 2000 of restricted stock
units. All separation payments provided to Mr. Strigl under his employment agreement are in lieu of any Verizon Communications sponsored severance.

Mr. Strigls agreement renews automatically so that the agreement always has a term of two years. His agreement currently provides for:

- an annual base salary of not less than $800,000;
- an annual short-term bonus between 0 and 2 times base salary; and
- annual long-term bonus opportunities of at least 5 times base salary.

If Mr. Strigls employment is involuntarily terminated without cause, he will receive a lump sum payment equal to two times (i) his base salary, (ii) 50% of his maximum short-term bonus
opportunity, and (iii) 100% of his long-term bonus opportunity. If Verizon Communications experiences a change in control and Mr. Strigl terminates his employment for good reason, as defined in his agreement, and receives the payments described
above, he will also receive a gross-up payment to offset fully the effect of any excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code on any excess parachute payment.

Lowell C. McAdam, Richard J. Lynch and Roger Gurnani. In April 2003, we entered into successor employment agreements with Messrs. McAdam, Lynch and
Gurnani with base salaries of $554,200, $400,000 and $350,000, respectively. (Their base salaries as of April 1, 2005 will be $700,000, $455,000 and $420,000, respectively.) In addition, the agreements provide each of these individuals with the
opportunity to earn an annual cash bonus in accordance with the terms of the partnerships short-term incentive plan and to receive equity-based awards under the partnerships long-term incentive plan.

Each employment agreement has a two-year term effective April 3, 2003, but the term is automatically extended for a new two-year term at the expiration except as expressly modified by the
parties in writing. Under the agreements, Messrs. McAdam, Lynch and Gurnani will be entitled to liquidated damages if we terminate their employment without cause or if the executive terminates such employment for good reason, as defined in the
agreements. The liquidated damages amounts for Messrs. McAdam, Lynch, and Gurnani are:

- 200% of their annualized base salary and short-term incentive target amount payable in 24 monthly installments;
- continued participation in our health and dental insurance plans for 24 months following termination; and
- vesting of any unvested long-term incentive award in accordance with the terms of the governing plan documents.

Under the agreements, the executives each agree that during employment and one year following termination of employment, he will not engage in business activities in the wireless communications
industry within or adjacent to the partnerships geographic footprint relating to products or services similar to those of the partnership, including any products or services we or an affiliated company planned to offer. Further, during
employment and the two years following termination of employment they agree not to interfere with our business relations, including for example by soliciting employees, customers, agents, representatives, suppliers or vendors under
contract.

52

---

Andrew N. Halford. Mr. Halford is employed by the Vodafone Group and was seconded to us for a period of two years beginning on April 1, 2002. Mr.
Halfords secondment to Verizon Wireless was extended beginning on April 1, 2004 through September 30, 2005 pursuant to a successor international assignment agreement. Under the terms of this agreement, in 2004, Mr. Halford received an annual
base salary of $546,452, an additional responsibility premium of $215,989 while on assignment in the United States, and an annual bonus in the amount of $792,674. Mr. Halford was also entitled to specified perquisites, including an automobile
allowance of $58,024.  Mr. Halford is paid in UK pounds sterling. All amounts above are in U.S. dollars at an exchange rate of £=$1.9199 the reference exchange rate for December 31, 2004. The arrangement requires each party to provide six
months notice in order to terminate the agreement.

Effective as of January 1, 2005, Mr. Halford ended his secondment to Verizon Wireless and returned to Vodafone as their Financial Director Designate.  John Townsend was named as Mr.
Halfords successor.  Mr. Townsend is employed by the Vodafone Group and was seconded to us for a period of two years beginning January 1, 2005 pursuant to a successor international assignment agreement.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Our human resources committee, comprised of Lawrence T. Babbio, Jr. and Kenneth J. Hydon, performs functions equivalent to a compensation committee. Mr. Babbio and Mr. Hydon have not been
employed by Verizon Wireless, nor have they been officers of Verizon Wireless, nor have they had any relationships that would require disclosure in Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions. In addition, none of our executive
officers currently serves, or in the past has served, on the board of directors or compensation committee (or committee performing equivalent functions) of any other company that has or had one or more executive officers serving on our board of
representatives or human resources committee.

|Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our partnership interests held by:

- each of our named executive officers;
- each member of our board of representatives;
- each holder of more than 5% of our outstanding partnership interests; and
- all current representatives and executive officers as a group.

To our knowledge, except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and pursuant to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power
regarding all partnership interests. No named executive officer or representative holds greater than 1% of the outstanding shares of Verizon Communications Inc.

|                                                             | %          
|------------------------------------------------------------ | -----------
|                                                             | Partnership
|**Name and Address of Beneficial Owner**                     | Interest   
|Verizon Communications Inc. (1)                              |            
|1095 Ave of the Americas                                     |            
|New York, NY                                                 | 55.0%      
|Vodafone Group Plc (2)                                       |            
|Vodafone House                                               |            
|The Connection                                               |            
|Newbury, Berkshire                                           |            
|RG14 2FN England                                             | 45.0%      
|Ivan G. Seidenberg                                           |           
|Arun Sarin                                                   |           
|Lawrence T. Babbio, Jr                                       |           
|Doreen A. Toben                                              |           
|Kenneth J. Hydon                                             |           
|Gavin Darby                                                  |           
|Julian Horn-Smith                                            |           
|Dennis F. Strigl                                             |           
|Lowell C. McAdam                                             |           
|Richard J. Lynch                                             |           
|Andrew N. Halford                                            |           
|Roger Gurnani                                                |           
|All officers and representatives as a group (12 persons) (3) |           

|(1) | Includes partnership interests held of record by the following subsidiaries of Verizon Communications: Bell Atlantic Cellular Holdings, L.P., NYNEX PCS Inc., PCSCO Partnership, GTE Wireless Incorporated, GTE Consumer
Services Incorporated and GTE Wireless of Ohio Incorporated.
|--- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|(2) | Includes partnership interests held of record by the following subsidiaries of Vodafone: PCS Nucleus, L.P. and JV Partnerco, LLC.                                                                                                                                                    
|(3) | Effective January 1, 2005, Mr. Halford ended his secondment to Verizon Wireless as Chief Financial Officer, and John Townsend, employed by the Vodafone Group, was named as his successor.                                                                                           

53

---



|Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
|------------------------------------------------------

The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of agreements to which we or certain related persons are a party. They may not contain all of the information that is important
to you. To understand these agreements fully, you should carefully read each of the agreements, copies of which have been filed as exhibits with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

U.S. Wireless Alliance Agreement

|General
|-------

On September 21, 1999, Bell Atlantic, now known as Verizon Communications, and Vodafone entered into an alliance agreement to create a wireless business composed of both companies U.S.
wireless assets. For this purpose, Verizon Communications and Vodafone agreed to amend and restate the existing partnership agreement of Cellco Partnership, which had previously been owned solely by Verizon Communications and through which Verizon
Communications operated its Bell Atlantic Mobile wireless business. Pursuant to the agreement, Vodafone and Verizon Communications transferred specific U.S. wireless assets and liabilities to us in exchange for partnership interests. The assets were
conveyed in two stages. The first stage occurred in April 2000 and related to the transfer of specific wireless assets and liabilities of Vodafone and Verizon Communications interest in PrimeCo and other assets to us. The second stage occurred
in July 2000 and related to the transfer of specific wireless assets and liabilities that were acquired by Verizon Communications through Bell Atlantics merger with GTE Corporation. After these contributions, Verizon Communications has an
aggregate partnership interest equal to 55%, and Vodafone has an aggregate partnership interest equal to 45%.

Indemnification

The agreement, as amended, provides for customary indemnification of us by Verizon Communications and Vodafone. Specifically, subject to limitations including caps, deductibles and time
limitations, it provides that Verizon Communications will indemnify us for any losses that may result from, arise out of or relate to:

- any breach of the representations, warranties or covenants contained in the alliance agreement, other than those related to tax
    matters;
- any claim, litigation or proceeding arising out of events or a cause of action which existed prior to April 3, 2000, in the case of claims
  relating to the Cellco assets, or prior to July 10, 2000, in the case of claims relating to the assets transferred to us by Verizon Communications, with the exception of PrimeCo assets and except to the extent the claims arise out of transactions
  contemplated by the alliance agreement;
- liabilities that were not assumed by us relating to Cellco assets as of April 3, 2000; and
- liabilities that were not assumed by us relating to the assets conveyed to the partnership by Verizon Communications as of July 10, 2000.

Similarly, subject to similar limitations, Vodafone will indemnify us for any losses that may result from, arise out of or relate to:

- any breach of the representations, warranties or covenants contained in the alliance agreement, other than those related to tax
    matters;
- any claim, litigation or proceeding arising out of events or a cause of action which existed prior to April 3, 2000, in the case of claims
  relating to all assets transferred to us by Vodafone in the first stage closing, or prior to July 10, 2000, in the case of claims relating to the assets transferred to us by Vodafone in the second stage closing, with the exception of PrimeCo assets
  and except to the extent the claims arise out of transactions contemplated by the alliance agreement;
- liabilities that were not assumed by us relating to the assets conveyed to us by Vodafone as of April 3, 2000; and

- liabilities that were not assumed by us relating to the assets conveyed to us by Vodafone as of July 10, 2000.

The agreement also includes a tax indemnity by each partner to us with respect to any pre-closing income tax liability, although we are generally liable for pre-closing tax liabilities not
involving income taxes.

54

---

The agreement provides that we have to indemnify Verizon Communications and Vodafone for losses that may result from the liabilities that we have assumed or from events that occur after the
applicable closing dates with respect to transferred assets.

In connection with the alliance agreement, Verizon Communications, PrimeCo, GTE Wireless and Vodafone were required to dispose of various assets to eliminate overlapping networks. Our partners
retained the cash proceeds of these dispositions. We agreed to sign an indemnity agreement in the form contemplated by the alliance agreement in connection with any disposition or acquisition made by Verizon Communications, including GTE Wireless,
or Vodafone as a result of that requirement. Under these indemnity agreements, we are required to indemnify the seller for any losses it may incur as a result of indemnification it is required to provide in connection with those dispositions, unless
the facts or circumstances triggering the losses were of the type that would be covered by the indemnity provided to us in the alliance agreement. In addition, those entities agreed to indemnify us for any losses arising out of assets purchased to
the extent they receive reimbursement for those losses under indemnity rights in the purchase agreement.

Settlement Strategy Agreement

Vodafone and Verizon Communications have entered into a settlement strategy agreement which sets out the principal terms upon which Vodafone and Verizon Communications intend to minimize the
possibility of potential litigation and to pursue a settlement of any claims made or litigation commenced in connection with the alliance agreement. Pursuant to the agreement, we have full authority to obtain consents with respect to claimed rights
of consent, rights of first refusal, put rights, default or similar claims made by a third party with respect to the assets conveyed pursuant to the alliance agreement. The parties contemplate that the resolution of third party rights with respect
to a conveyed asset may result in a payment to the right holder, a sale by a party of the conveyed asset to the right holder and/or a purchase by a party of an additional ownership interest in the conveyed asset. All resulting liabilities and costs
incurred after April 3, 2000 have been assumed by us.

Partnership Agreement

Partnership Governance

On July 24, 2003, the partners of the partnership entered into an amendment to the Cellco Partnership Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement (the Amendment) expanding the size
of our board of representatives from seven to nine and increasing the number of members of the Board of Representatives that can be designated by the Vodafone-affiliated partners (so long as such partners continue to own combined partnership
interests in the partnership of at least 20%) from three to four.

Our company is governed by a board of representatives that is comprised of five Verizon Communications representatives and four Vodafone representatives, so long as Verizon Communications and
Vodafone each own at least 20% of the partnership. Other than as described below, a majority of our board of representatives can make all decisions.

The partnership agreement provides that the following matters require approval by at least two representatives of each of Verizon Communications and Vodafone so long as Vodafone and its
included affiliates, as defined below under Restrictions on Transfer, owns at least 20% of the partnership:

- our engagement in any line of business or activity other than the business described below under Business of the Partnership or any other business that is necessary, appropriate
or incidental thereto;
- our voluntary dissolution or liquidation or similar actions, or any action contrary to the preservation and maintenance of our existence, rights, franchises and privileges as a Delaware
general partnership;
- any acquisition or disposition or series of related acquisitions or dispositions of assets, net of liabilities, of the partnership, which in the aggregate have a fair market value in excess
of 20% of the fair market value of all of our net assets on a consolidated basis;
- transactions, other than transactions under some existing agreements, between us and a partner or an affiliate of the partner having a value in excess of amounts that range between $10.0
million and $25.0 million, depending on the type of transaction, or having a term in excess of five years;
- the issuance by us of any partnership interests, or the admission of any partners to the partnership, other than issuances of partnership interests to, or the admission as a partner of
members of the Verizon group, members of the Vodafone group or their respective permitted transferees in accordance with the provisions of the alliance agreement, the investment agreement or the partnership agreement;

55

---

- mergers, consolidations or similar transactions other than acquisitions by us that do not involve the issuance of partnership interests as consideration and for which approval would not
otherwise be needed by any other provision;
- the redemption or repurchase by us of any partnership interests unless expressly permitted by the alliance agreement, the investment agreement or the partnership agreement;
- any amendment or modification to the partnership agreement, except for any amendment or modification to the current distribution policy after it expires;
- any capital contributions to us by any partner other than their initial capital contribution; and
- the selection, or any decision to remove, our independent auditors if they are also the principal independent auditor for Verizon Communications.

As a result of provisions summarized above, Vodafone has veto power over these significant actions.

In addition, Vodafone has the right to appoint one of our significant officers so long as it holds at least 20% of our partnership interests. Mr. Townsend, our Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer, was selected by Vodafone.

Distributions

The partnership agreement requires that we make certain distributions to our partners related to taxes. We are also required, subject to compliance with financial tests, including a 2.5 to 1
leverage ratio and 5 to 1 interest coverage ratio (unless less restrictive ratios are selected by officers of our company), to pay additional distributions to our partners in an amount equal to 70% of our pre-tax net income from continuing
operationsplusamortization expense related to the amortization of intangible assets arising out of transactions contemplated by the alliance agreement, to the extent this
amount exceeds the tax distribution. We made distributions of $691 million in February 2001, $862 million in August 2002, $1,225 million in February 2003, $1,148 million in August 2003, $1,441 million in February 2004, and $1,812 million in August
2004. Approximately $112 million of the distribution in February 2003 represented a supplemental distribution. We did not make scheduled distributions in August 2001 and February 2002 because the payments were limited by the 2.5 to 1 leverage ratio
stipulated in the partnership agreement. We made a distribution of approximately $1,997 million to our partners in February 2005 for the six-month period ended December 31, 2004.

This distribution policy applies until the earlier to occur of (1) April 3, 2005 or (2) the date when Vodafone and its included affiliates cease to own, directly or indirectly, at least 20% of
all outstanding partnership interests.

After the current distribution policy expires, we must continue tax distributions, and a new distribution policy is expected to be set that may provide for additional distributions above tax
distributions. In making a decision on a new distribution policy, relevant factors, including our financial performance and capital requirements, will be taken into account.

As an exception to the general allocation and distribution provisions in the partnership agreement, the partnership agreement provides that if we dispose of an asset with a built-in gain for
tax purposes contributed at the first stage closing in April 2000 or that was contributed to the partnership in the second stage closing in July 2000, in accordance with applicable tax rules the taxable gain recognized on the disposition of such
asset to the extent of the remaining original built-in gain in existence at the time of disposition will be specially allocated to the contributing partner. The partnership agreement also provides for a special distribution, and a special allocation
of income, to the contributing partner in respect of such built-in gain. On February 26, 2004, the partners of the Partnership entered into an amendment to the partnership agreement clarifying the distribution requirements in connection with these
provisions, deeming such clarification effective as of April 3, 2000.

Contribution

On October 14, 2003, we received, on behalf of our partners, a final purchase payment in respect of the disposition of the Chicago market that had previously been beneficially owned jointly by
Verizon Communications and Vodafone. The receipt of this payment triggered an obligation of Verizon Communications and Vodafone pursuant to Section 7.6 of the alliance agreement, as amended, to calculate certain payments received and expenses paid
by Verizon Communications, Vodafone and each of their respective affiliates in connection with overlap market dispositions, together with certain adjustments. Also pursuant to this provision, upon completion of this calculation, either Verizon
Communications or Vodafone is required to make a payment to us under certain circumstances.  Verizon Communications and Vodafone have not yet finalized this calculation.  However, we expect that, once finalized, the calculation will result in a
payment by Verizon Communications to us. We expect to use this payment immediately to reduce the debt we owe to Verizon Communications.  This payment will not alter the percentage

56

---

interests of any of our partners in the partnership, and we do not expect it to have a material impact on our overall financial position.

Business of the Partnership

Unless otherwise approved by Verizon Communications and Vodafone, the partnership agreement limits our business to the acquisition, ownership, operation and maintenance, with the goal of
maximizing long-term value, of a wireless communications network that provides a full range of wireless voice and data services, including wireless Internet access and long-distance resale, throughout the U.S. to the extent that these services are
commercially economic or are competitively necessary, as well as any business necessary, appropriate or incidental to that business.

Non-competition

The partnership agreement provides that no partner or affiliate of a partner may engage in the provision of mobile telecommunications services, whether directly or as a reseller, in the U.S.,
but excluding Puerto Rico and its other possessions and territories, including mobile third generation services delivered over any wireless spectrum, other than through the partnership. These prohibitions generally do not restrict partners or their
affiliates from the following:

- fixed wireless local loop or wireless telecommunications businesses engaged in by a partner or its affiliates as an adjunct to its wireline service offering, fixed wireless high speed data
services, fixed wireless video services and satellite communications services;
- any wireless business opportunity that is rejected by our board of representatives so long as each of the representatives designated by that partner voted in favor of the partnerships
pursuit of that business;providedthat once that partner begins to pursue that business opportunity, the other partners may also do
so;
- any wireless activity engaged in by an entity in which a partner owns less than 40% of the total equity and with respect to which such partner does not have more than protective
rights;
- any investment in any entity to the extent that it does not exceed 10% of the equity of that entity except as a result of equity repurchases or recapitalizations;
- any wireless business acquired by Verizon Communications or Vodafone, or their respective affiliates, as part of a larger business combination where the wireless business does not represent
more than 40% of the total value of the acquired business;
- any significant corporate transaction to which either Verizon Communications or Vodafone is a party and which results in a significant change in control of Verizon Communications or
Vodafone;
- a partner from owning or acquiring specified assets identified in the alliance agreement; or
- a partner or any of its affiliates from selling the partnerships mobile telecommunications services (1) as an agent of the partnership or (2) on a bundled basis with
wireline services, so long as the partner provides the partnership with the opportunity to purchase wireline services from the partner.

The partnership agreement provides that the non-competition provisions terminate upon the earliest of (1) the date the partnership interest held by Verizon Communications and its affiliates
decreases to less than 40%, (2) the date the partnership interest held by Vodafone and its included affiliates decreases to less than 20% and (3) July 10, 2005, subject to repeated one-year extensions so long as Vodafone and its included affiliates
hold at least 25% of our outstanding partnership interests.

Other than the non-compete provisions described above, the partnership agreement does not limit the businesses or activities of any partner even if those businesses or activities are
competitive with us. The agreement further states that if a partner or its affiliates, officers, directors or employees acquire knowledge of a corporate opportunity that may be an opportunity for both us and that partner, it will not have any
obligation to transmit the opportunity to us and will have no liability for choosing to pursue the opportunity itself.

Restrictions on Transfer

A partner generally does not have the right, directly or indirectly, to transfer any of the partnership interest held by that partner, other than the following permitted transfers:

57

---

- Transfers in accordance with the alliance agreement and the investment agreement.
- A partner does have the right, without the consent of the other partners, to transfer ownership of all or any part of its partnership interest to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the partner and
to make transfers of 10% or more of its partnership interest, or up to three transfers totaling up to 10%, to any of its affiliates if 50% of the common equity and voting power in the
affiliate is owned by the partner. Wholly-owned subsidiaries and these other affiliates who receive less than 10% of the partnership interests are referred to as included affiliates. Verizon
Communications, its subsidiaries and its affiliates that receive partnership interests in accordance with this paragraph are referred to as the Verizon Group, and Vodafone, its subsidiaries and affiliates who similarly receive partnership interests are referred to as the Vodafone group.
- Any partner may generally transfer a 10% or greater partnership interest to any single person, subject to rights of first refusal held by each other partner, that, together with its
wholly-owned subsidiaries, owns more than 20% of our partnership interests. Sales by Verizon Communications and its affiliates are not subject to this right of first refusal. However, so long as Vodafone holds at least 30% of our total outstanding partnership interests, then Vodafone will have an option, at a price that would include a 2% premium, to purchase any
partnership interest which Verizon Communications intends to transfer if, as a result of the transfer, a third party would succeed to Verizon Communications representative designation rights or Verizon Communications or the transferee becomes unable to report their earnings and results of operations with those of the partnership on a consolidated basis.

Notwithstanding these exceptions, the partners may not sell partnership interests to specified major competitors of Verizon Communications or Vodafone.

A transferee of an amount of partnership interests equal to at least 25% of our partnership interests from Vodafone and its wholly-owned subsidiaries is entitled, if so designated by Vodafone,
to the rights of Vodafone contained in the partnership agreement and all references to Vodafone would then refer instead to the transferee. Any transferee of an amount of partnership interests equal to at least 20% of our partnership interests from
Verizon Communications and its wholly-owned subsidiaries is entitled, if so designated by Verizon Communications, to the rights of Verizon Communications contained in the partnership agreement and all references to Verizon Communications would then
refer instead to the transferee. Any transferee described in this paragraph is known as an exit transferee, and any transfer to an exit transferee is subject to rights of first refusal as described above.

The partnership agreement provides that defined instances of a change in ownership of a partner will be deemed to be a proposed transfer of the partnership interest to which some of
the provisions relating to transfers of partnership interests will apply. Neither Verizon Communications nor Vodafones right to select representatives, or Vodafones approval rights over significant decisions will be transferred to
the new holder in the event of a change of control unless the holder is an exit transferee. A spin-off or split-off of an entity holding interests in us by Verizon Communications or Vodafone or their affiliates will not be considered a change in
ownership if the partnership interests held by the entity constitute not more than 75% of the fair market value of the entitys assets.

Investment Agreement

On April 3, 2000, we, Verizon Communications and Vodafone entered into an investment agreement.

Vodafones Put Right

Phase I option

The agreement permitted Vodafone to require our company to repurchase from it and its included affiliates partnership interests at a price equal to their market value during a 61-day period
opening on June 10thand closing on August 9 in 2003 and/or 2004. The aggregate amount that we were required to purchase upon exercise of this right could not exceed $10
billion. Vodafone did not exercise its put rights during the 61-day periods that ended August 9, 2003 and 2004.

Phase II option

The agreement permits Vodafone to require our company to repurchase from it and its included affiliates partnership interests at a price equal to their market value during a 61-day period
opening on June 10thand closing on August 9thin 2005, 2006 and/or 2007 in exchange for the
consideration described below. The aggregate amount that we are required to purchase upon exercise of this right may not exceed $20 billion. In addition, no single exercise of the right may be for an amount in excess of $10 billion. Verizon
Communications has the right, exercisable at its sole discretion, to purchase all or a portion of this interest instead of us. However, even if Verizon Communications exercises this right, Vodafone has the option to require us to purchase up to
$7.5

58

---

billion of this interest redeemable during a 61-day period opening on June 10thand closing on August 9thin 2005, 2006 and/or 2007 with cash or contributed debt.

Market value will be determined on the date when the notice of exercise is sent. In determining the market value of Vodafones interests, we will use an amount agreed to by Verizon
Communications and Vodafone or, if they cannot agree, the amount determined by arbitrators. If there has been an initial public offering, the market value will be determined by reference to the trading price of common stock of our managing general
partner. The percentage of Vodafones interest in the partnership to be sold, in connection with an exercise, shall be reduced to reflect accretion in the market value between the date of the notice and the date of settlement at a rate equal to
LIBOR plus 1.0% for the first 30 days and LIBOR plus 2.0% thereafter less any distributions declared by Verizon Wireless and paid to Vodafone with respect to the interest being sold subsequent to the notice. In the event Vodafone seeks to exercise
the option for an amount greater than its total ownership, we are required to pay it the value of all of its interests plus for the period between the date of notice and the date of settlement an amount equal to LIBOR plus 1.0% for the first 30 days
and LIBOR plus 2.0% thereafter less any distribution declared by Verizon Wireless and paid to Vodafone with respect to the interest being sold subsequent to the notice.

Verizon Communications obligations

Under the agreement, Verizon Communications has the right to obligate itself or its designee, rather than us, to purchase some or all of the interests covered by the options described above.
However, even if Verizon Communications exercises this right, Vodafone has the option to require us to purchase up to $7.5 billion of interests in connection with the phase II option in the form of assumed debt or other consideration, as described
below under Consideration to be paid upon exercise of the option. In addition, Verizon Communications is obligated to purchase interests that we fail to repurchase, but its liability for all these failures cannot exceed $10 billion
for the phase II option.

Consideration to be paid upon exercise of the option

Verizon Communications will have the right to deliver to Vodafone cash or, at Verizon Communications option, shares of Verizon Communications common stock. Verizon Communications will be
required to grant registration rights to Vodafone with respect to any of these shares of common stock.

We will be required to pay cash. However, in connection with up to $7.5 billion of interests to be purchased pursuant to the phase II option, Vodafone may require us to assume debt of Vodafone
or its designee, or incur debt and distribute the proceeds to Vodafone or its designee. The debt:

- shall be provided by a third-party lender;
- shall mature 10 years after the date of exercise of the option and not require any amortization of principal for at least eight years;
- shall be redeemable at the partnerships option after eight years;
- except as stated below, shall be nonrecourse to any existing or future partners of the partnership; and
- may be guaranteed, at Vodafones sole option, by Vodafone or its designee.

We will not be permitted to make any prepayments, voluntarily take any action that would result in acceleration of the debt or waive any rights or provide any guarantee or similar credit
enhancement for a period of eight years if the result would be to cause the debt to be allocated under Internal Revenue Code Section 752 to persons other than persons from which the assumed debt was assumed.

In lieu of requiring us to assume debt, Vodafone may elect to receive such amount pursuant to an alternative structure that would be more tax-efficient for it and would not have a material
adverse effect on us. Vodafone will be required to reimburse Verizon Communications for any resulting postponement in the realization of tax benefits.

We and Verizon Communications are also required to cooperate to change the above-described structure if an alternative structure would have more favorable tax consequences for Vodafone so long
as we and Verizon Communications would not be adversely affected or would be indemnified for any losses caused by the change.

Initial Public Offering

The agreement prohibits any direct or indirect public offering of ownership interests in the partnership except issuances of stock by a newly created general partner as described below or in
the form of a tracking stock or other shares of stock issued by Verizon Communications or Vodafone.

59

---

Verizon Communications and Vodafone each have the right at any time to monetize all or part of its investment in us by causing an initial public offering of our equity. The initial
public offering would occur through the creation of a general partner that would issue the equity and transfer the proceeds to the selling holder in exchange for partnership interests. The initiating party is required to propose a structure that is
designed to preserve our partnership status for tax purposes, does not make us or the public offering vehicle a registered investment company (or, if it did, would have no adverse impact on the rights and obligations of the various parties) and does
not modify in any material respect the allocation of governance or economic rights in us. The agreement provides that holders of partnership interests must be permitted to exchange their interests for shares of common stock of the initial public
offering vehicle. We had previously announced our intention to undertake an initial public offering of indirect ownership interests in the partnership, subject to market and other conditions. The offering would have been effectuated by Verizon
Wireless Inc., a newly formed company that would have contributed the proceeds of its initial public offering of common stock to us in exchange for a partnership interest and becoming our managing general partner. Verizon Wireless Inc. filed a Form
S-1 registration statement for the offering with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 24, 2000 and an amendment to the registration statement on November 28, 2001. Verizon Wireless Inc. withdrew the registration statement on January 29,
2003, stating that the company currently had no significant funding needs that would require it to consummate the offering.

Registration Rights

Any new general partner formed as described above must grant registration rights to Verizon Communications and Vodafone requiring it to register shares of its common stock issued to them in
exchange for partnership interests. It will be required to use best efforts to register under the Securities Act any of those shares of common stock for sale in accordance with the intended method of disposition, subject to customary deferral
rights. Each holder will have an unlimited number of demand registration rights, but no demand may be made unless the shares to be registered have a market value on the demand date of at least $200 million. In addition, the holders will have the
right to include their shares in other registrations of equity securities other than on Form S-4 or S-8, subject to customary cutback provisions, although Verizon Communications and Vodafone are cut back only after all other holders, including
holders exercising their own demand rights, are cut back.

In addition, the agreement provides that the partnership is required to pay all registration expenses, including all filing fees and other fees and expenses, other than underwriting discounts
and commissions and the fees of counsel, accountants or other persons retained by the holders. The agreement also contains customary indemnification and contribution provisions.

Verizon Communications Intellectual Property Arrangements

Patents

Subsidiaries of Verizon Communications own various patents related to the provision of wireless services. Under a license agreement, the subsidiaries have granted us a perpetual, irrevocable,
non-exclusive and non-transferable license to use some of these patents and related know-how in connection with the manufacture, sale and import of wireless telecommunications goods and services in the U.S., its territories and possessions. We also
have the right to sublicense this property to resellers, vendors, agents, distributors, exclusive dealers and similar persons. We are not required to pay any royalties for use of these patents.

Pursuant to the alliance agreement, Verizon Communications will license or transfer to us its rights to GTE Wireless patents regarding the provision of wireless services used exclusively by GTE
Wireless previously in its business in the U.S.

Trademarks and Domain Names

Verizon Communications has licensed trademarks, service marks, trade names and domain names to us. We are not required to pay any royalties or fees for use of these trademarks, service marks,
trade names and domain names. Most notably, Verizon Communications owns the Verizon and Verizon Wireless brand names and some service offering names. The license agreements grant non-exclusive, non-transferable licenses to use the trademarks, service marks, trade name and domain names in connection with the marketing,
advertising, sale and provision of wireless communications goods and services in the U.S., its territories and possessions. We also have the right to sublicense this intellectual property to resellers, vendors, agents, distributors, exclusive
dealers and similar persons. The licenses include quality control standards governing our use of the intellectual property.

The license to use the Verizon and Verizon
Wireless brand names will expire two-and-a-half years after the first day an alternate brand is adopted or Verizon Communications ceases to own any interest in the partnership. Verizon Communications may
also terminate upon breach or insolvency or upon our failure to perform any material obligations under the license. In addition, pursuant to the alliance agreement between Verizon Communications and Vodafone, Verizon Communications may direct us,
from time to time, to change our brand name and discontinue the use of any brand names that we are then using.

60

---

The license to use some service offering marks will terminate on the date that Verizon Communications ceases to own any interest in the partnership. This license may also be terminated upon 30
days written notice in the event of the partnerships breach or insolvency.

Pursuant to the alliance agreement, Verizon Communications will license or transfer to us its rights to various GTE Wireless trademarks, service marks, trade names and other intellectual
property regarding the provision of wireless services.

Vodafone Intellectual Property Arrangements

Patents

Vodafone Americas, Inc., formerly AirTouch, has assigned various patents regarding the provision of wireless services outright to us or another subsidiary of Verizon Communications. We have
granted back to Vodafone Americas, Inc. a royalty free, perpetual, non-exclusive worldwide license to the patents, with the right to sublicense them to third parties. We have agreed that we will not license or otherwise transfer the patents to
Verizon Communications, including its other affiliates and subsidiaries, without Vodafone Americas, Inc.s prior written permission.

Software License Agreement

Vodafone Americas, Inc., formerly AirTouch, has also irrevocably assigned and transferred to us some of its software and related rights. We have granted back to Vodafone Americas, Inc. a
perpetual worldwide, irrevocable, royalty-free, non-exclusive transferable license to sell, use, copy and otherwise fully exploit the software.

Tower Arrangements

We generally lease or pay a monthly fee for, rather than own or control, the tower space on which our antennas are located. Prior to the formation of the partnership, Bell Atlantic Mobile, GTE
Wireless and Vodafone each entered into separate transactions with different tower management companies to sell or lease on a long-term basis the majority of their communications towers and related assets. In connection with each of these
transactions, Bell Atlantic Mobile, GTE Wireless and Vodafone either entered into global leases for, or reserved antenna space on, each of the towers in exchange for a monthly rental or site maintenance payment. In two of the agreements, the tower
company entered into separate joint ventures with Bell Atlantic Mobile and GTE Wireless.

In March 1999, Bell Atlantic Mobile formed a joint venture with Crown Castle to own and operate approximately 1,500 towers, representing substantially all the towers then owned by Bell Atlantic
Mobile. In January 2000, GTE Wireless formed a joint venture with Crown Castle to own and operate approximately 2,300 towers, representing substantially all the towers then owned by GTE Wireless not including the towers purchased as part of the
Ameritech properties acquisition. These joint ventures were controlled and managed by Crown Castle from their inception.  In May 2003, Verizon Communications sold all of its interest in the GTE Wireless joint venture to Crown Castle in exchange for
an additional interest in the Bell Atlantic Mobile venture.  As part of this transaction, Verizon Communications redeemed a portion of its interest in the Bell Atlantic Mobile venture in exchange for a return of certain towers to us, reducing its
minority interest in the joint venture to 37.245% .  In November 2004, Crown Castle purchased Verizon Communications remaining 37.245% minority interest in the joint venture, which is now 100% owned by Crown Castle. The tower ventures lease
antenna space on the towers to us at an average monthly rate of approximately $2,100 per tower, with annual increases of approximately 3% or the percentage increase in the consumer price index, whichever is lesser.

Financing Arrangements

In connection with the alliance agreement, Verizon Communications and Vodafone contributed to us approximately $10 billion of debt, including $6 billion of intercompany obligations incurred by
Verizon Communications subsidiaries and $4 billion from Vodafone.

Existing intercompany loans and any additional intercompany loans that may be made to us to fund future debt financing requirements will be provided by Verizon Communications or its affiliates
at interest rates and other terms that will be no less favorable than the interest rates and other terms that we would be able to obtain from third parties, including the public markets, without the benefit of a guaranty by Verizon Communications or
any of its affiliates. As of December 31, 2004, the partnership had approximately $10.5 billion of outstanding indebtedness borrowed from affiliates of Verizon Communications at an annual weighted average interest rate of 6.0% . This includes a $350
million term note from an affiliate of Verizon Communications that bears a fixed interest rate of approximately 8.9% per year. This term note was made in connection with our acquisition of the wireless assets of Price Communications Wireless on
August 15, 2002. It is guaranteed by Price Communications Wireless and matures on the earlier of February 15, 2007 or six months following the occurrence of certain specified events.  See

61

---

Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsLiquidity and Capital ResourcesDebt Service.

On February 18, 2005, we signed an additional promissory note with a wholly-owned subsidiary of Verizon Communications that permits us to borrow, repay and reborrow from time to time up to a
maximum principal amount of $6.5 billion with a maturity date of February 22, 2008. Amounts borrowed under the note bear interest at a rate per annum equal to one-month LIBOR plus 20 basis points for each interest period, with the interest rate
being adjusted on the first business day of each month.

We had agreements with an entity owned by Verizon Communications and Vodafone that operated overlapping properties in Chicago, Houston and Richmond that we were required to dispose of pursuant
to FCC regulations and which has since been sold. Pursuant to the agreements, we provided transition services and products and employee services and licensed trademarks and copyrighted materials. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003 respectively, the
entity has incurred charges and has an outstanding balance due of approximately $171 million and $160 million, including interest.

Other Services Provided to Verizon Communications

Since our formation, we have provided tax services to Verizon Communications related to resolving tax disputes and controversies relating to periods prior to our formation. Tax services
provided to Verizon Communications were immaterial for the twelve months ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002.

For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, in the normal course of business, we recorded revenues related to transactions with Verizon Communications affiliated companies of
approximately $71 million, $52 million and $20 million, respectively.

In 2004, we entered into agreements with subsidiaries of Verizon Communications in Puerto Rico and the Dominican Republic to sell wireless devices and accessories to the subsidiaries for their
retail sale to end-user subscribers in their respective countries. We recorded revenues of $17 million for the year ending December 31, 2004 under such agreements.

Other Services Provided by Verizon Communications

Direct Telecommunication

We incurred direct telecommunication and data processing charges of approximately $611 million, $515 million and $281 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively,
for services provided by subsidiaries and affiliates of Verizon Communications including, but not limited to the following services: telephone, network interconnection, switching directory assistance, and long distance.

Office Telecommunications

We have agreements with subsidiaries and affiliates of Verizon Communications for the provision of office telephone services. We incurred charges of approximately $10 million, $11 million and
$14 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Pension Services

We have agreements with subsidiaries and affiliates of Verizon Communications, primarily relating to former GTE entities, for the provision of pension services. We incurred charges of
approximately $19 million, $16 million and $16 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Billing Services

We have an agreement with a subsidiary of Verizon Communications that allows our subscribers to consolidate their wireless and wireline services into one invoice. We have incurred charges of
approximately $5 million and $3 million for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Roaming and Clearinghouse Services

We incurred charges of approximately $62 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, for roaming settlement, fraud detection and call clearinghouse services provided by GTE Telecommunications
Services Incorporated, a subsidiary of Verizon Communications. In February 2002, that subsidiary was sold to an unrelated third-party.

62

---

We have entered into
roaming agreements with subsidiaries of Verizon Communications to permit our
subscribers to use their network in Puerto Rico and the Dominican Republic, where
we do not have  licenses to provide services, and to permit their subscribers
to roam on our network. Under the agreements, we paid approximately $12 million
for the year ended December 31, 2004 and approximately $4 million and $1 million
for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, and received approximately $3
million, $2 million and $1million for the years ended 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Leases

We incurred charges of approximately $2 million, $1 million and $2 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, for leases for company vehicles and buildings from
subsidiaries of Verizon Communications.

Sales and Distribution Services

We incurred charges of approximately $25 million, $24 million and $18 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, for commissions and other sales expenses
related to the sale and distribution of our products and services by subsidiaries and affiliates of Verizon Communications.

Lockbox Services

We currently purchase lockbox services from Verizon Communications at market rates. For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, in the normal course of business, we made lockbox
payments of approximately $8 million, $11 million and $11 million, respectively.

Insurance

We currently purchase primary casualty insurance and other liability coverage from affiliates of Verizon Communications at market rates. For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, in
the normal course of business, we paid approximately $26 million, $20 million and $17 million, respectively.

Warranty Repairs

We incurred charges of approximately $2 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, for warranty repairs on cellular handsets provided by Verizon Logistics, a subsidiary of Verizon
Communications.  We no longer use Verizon Logistics for warranty repairs.

Other Agreements

In April 2002, Cellco Partnership sold all of its rights in eight A-block 10 MHz Wireless Communications Service licenses to an affiliate of Verizon Communications for a purchase price of
approximately $5 million.

Other Services Provided by Vodafone

Roaming Services

In 2004 we entered into a roaming agreement with Vodafone Libertel N.V. to permit our subscribers to use its GSM network and the networks of its roaming partners where we do not have a license
to provide service. We have paid approximately $2 million for the year ending December 31, 2004 under this agreement.

|Item 14.Principal Accounting Fees and Services
|----------------------------------------------

In May 2004, the Audit Committee reappointed Deloitte & Touche LLP as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements for the fiscal year ended December
31, 2004, and to audit managements assessment and the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004. In making this reappointment, the Audit Committee considered whether the audit and non-audit services
Deloitte & Touche LLP provides are compatible with maintaining the independence of our outside auditors.

Pre-Approval Policy

The Audit Committee has established policies and procedures regarding pre-approval of services provided by the independent auditor. At the beginning of the fiscal year, the Committee approves
the engagement of the independent auditor to

63

---

provide audit services based on fee estimates. The Committee also approves proposed audit-related services, tax services and other permissible services, based on specified project and service details, fee estimates, and
aggregate fee limits for each service category.  The Audit Committee receives a report periodically on the status of services provided or to be provided by the independent auditor and the related fees.

Fees and Services of Deloitte & Touche LLP

The following table summarizes fees billed to the Company by Deloitte & Touche LLP during 2004 and 2003:

|                       | Year Ended December 31,
|---------------------- | -----------------------
|                       |                        
|(dollars in millions)  | 2004                   
|                      
|Audit Fees (a)         | $                      
|Audit-Related Fees (b) |                        
|Tax Services (c)       |                        
|Other Fees (d)         |                        
|                      
|Total                  | $                      

| | (a) | Includes fees for our consolidated audit, SEC filings, Sarbanes-Oxley attestation, quarterly reviews and other accounting and SEC items.             
| | --- | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | (b) | Includes fees for contractually required partnership audits, employee benefit plan audits, Sarbanes-Oxley readiness and other agreed upon procedures.
| | (c) | Includes fees for federal and state tax research.                                                                                                    
| | (d) | Includes fees for a network procurement project and other consulting services.                                                                       

No services were provided that were approved pursuant to section (c)(7)(i)(C) of Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X.

64

---

|PART IV
Item 15.Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
|-------------------------------------------------------

|    |                                        
|--- | ---------------------------------------
|   
|(a) | Documents filed as part of this report:
|    |                                        
|   
|    | (1)                                    
|    |                                        
|   
|    | (2)                                    
|    |                                        
|    |                                        
|    |                                        
|    |                                        
|    |                                        
|    |                                        
|   
|    | (3)                                    
|    |                                        
|    |                                        

| | (4) | Exhibits      
| | --- | --------------
|
| |     | Exhibit Number
|
| |     | 3.3           
| |     | 3.3.1         
| |     | 3.3.2         
| |     | 4.1           
| |     | 4.2           
| |     | 4.3           
| |     | 4.4           
| |     | 10.1          
| |     | 10.2          
| |     | 10.3          
| |     | 10.4          
| |     |               
| |     | 10.5          
| |     | 10.6          
| |     | 10.7          
| |     | 10.8          

65

---



| |  | 10.9  | Software Assignment and License Agreement dated as of April 3, 2000 between AirTouch
Communications, Inc. and Cellco Partnership (incorporated by reference to Amendment No.1 to Verizon
Wireless Inc. Form S-1 (No.333-44394))                                          
| |  | ----- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |  | 10.10 | Intellectual Property Assignment dated as of April 3, 2000 between AirTouch Communications, Inc. and
Cellco Partnership (incorporated by reference to Amendment No.1 to Verizon Wireless Inc. Form S-1
(No.333-44394))                                                   
| |  | 10.11 | Patent License Agreement dated as of April 3, 2000 between AirTouch Communications, Inc. and Cellco
Partnership (incorporated by reference to Amendment No.1 to Verizon Wireless Inc. Form S-1 (No.333-
44394))                                                          
| |  | 10.12 | Transition Services Agreement dated as of April 3, 2000 between Vodafone AirTouch Plc and Cellco
Partnership (incorporated by reference to Verizon Wireless Inc. Form S-1 (No.333-44394))                                                                                
| |  | 10.13 | Patent License Agreement dated as of April 3, 2000 between Bell Atlantic Cellular Holdings, L.P. and
NYNEX PCS Inc. (collectively, Licensors), and Cellco Partnership (incorporated by reference to
Amendment No.1 to Verizon Wireless Inc. Form S-1 (No.333-44394)).
| |  | 10.14 | Trademark and Domain License Agreement dated as of April 3, 2000 between Licensors and Cellco
Partnership (incorporated by reference to Amendment No.1 to Verizon Wireless Inc. Form S-1 (No.333-
44394))                                                                
| |  | 10.15 | Trademark and Domain License Agreement dated as of April 3, 2000 between Licensors and Cellco
Partnership (incorporated by reference to Amendment No.1 to Verizon Wireless Inc. Form S-1 (No.333-
44394))                                                                
| |  | 10.16 | Trademark and Domain License Agreement dated as of April 3, 2000 between Licensors and Cellco
Partnership (incorporated by reference to Amendment No.1 to Verizon Wireless Inc. Form S-1 (No.333-
44394))                                                                
| |  | 10.17 | Trademark and Domain Name License Agreement dated as of April 3, 2000 between AirTouch
Communications, Inc. and Cellco Partnership (incorporated by reference to Amendment No.1 to Verizon
Wireless Inc. Form S-1 (No.333-44394))                                        
| |  | 10.18 | Verizon Wireless Executive Savings Plan, as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2001 (incorporated
by reference to Amendment No.1 to Verizon Wireless Inc. Form S-1 (No.333-44394))                                                                               
| |  | 10.19 | Verizon Wireless Executive Deferral Plan (incorporated by reference to Cellcos Form 8-K filed on
December 6, 2004 (No.333-92214))                                                                                                                                       
| |  | 10.20 | Bell Atlantic NYNEX Mobile Executive Transition and Retention Retirement Plan, as amended and
restated, effective May 19, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Amendment No.1 to Verizon Wireless Inc.
Form S-1 (No.333-44394))                                            
| |  | 10.21 | Vodafone Americas, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (formerly AirTouch Communications Deferred
Compensation Plan), as amended and restated, effective as of June 1, 1998 (incorporated by reference to
Amendment No.1 to Verizon Wireless Inc. Form S-1 (No.333-44394))   
| |  | 10.22 | Employment contract dated November 2, 2000 between Dennis Strigl and Verizon Wireless Inc.
(incorporated by reference to Verizon Communications Inc. Exhibit 10f to Form 10-Q for the period ended
September 30, 2000 (No. 001-08606))                                   
| |  | 10.23 | International assignment agreement, effective as of April 1, 2002, between Andrew Halford and Vodafone
Group Services Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Cellcos Form 10-K for the calendar year ended
December 31, 2002 (No.333-92214))                                
| |  | 10.24 | Extension of international assignment agreement between Andrew Halford and Vodafone Group Services
Ltd., effective as of April 1, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Cellcos Form 10-K for the calendar year
ended December 31, 2003 (No.333-92214))                    
| |  | 10.25 | Employment agreement, effective as of April 3, 2000, between Lowell McAdam and Cellco Partnership
(incorporated by reference to Amendment No.1 to Verizon Wireless Inc. Form S-1 (No.333-44394))                                                                         
| |  | 10.26 | Employment agreement, effective as of April 3, 2000, between Richard Lynch and Cellco Partnership
(incorporated by reference to Amendment No.1 to Verizon Wireless Inc. Form S-1 (No.333-44394))                                                                         
| |  | 10.27 | Employment agreement, effective as of April 3, 2003, between Roger Gurnani and Cellco Partnership                                                                                                                                                                        
| |  | 10.28 | International assignment agreement, effective as of January 1, 2005, between John Townsend and
Vodafone Group Services Ltd.                                                                                                                                              
| |  |      
| |  | 10.29 | Verizon Executive Deferral Plan, effective January 1, 2005                                                                                                                                                                                                               
| |  | 10.30 | Verizon Management Pension Plan, effective as of January
1, 2002                                                                                                                                                                                                         
| |  | 10.31 | Vodafone Group Pension Scheme Second Definitive Deed and Rules dated May 28, 1999 (incorporated by
reference to Amendment No.1 to Verizon Wireless Inc. Form S-1 (No.333-44394))                                                                                         
| |  | 10.32 | Vodafone Group Share Incentive
            Plan dated February 15, 2002                                                                                                                                                                                                  
| |  | 10.33 | Vodafone Group Profit Sharing Scheme Trust Deed dated September 29, 1992 (incorporated by reference
to Amendment No.1 to Verizon Wireless Inc. Form S-1 (No.333-44394))                                                                                                  
| |  | 10.34 | Vodafone Group Profit Sharing Scheme Supplemental Deed to the Trust Deed dated March 27, 1998
(incorporated by reference to Amendment No.1 to Verizon Wireless Inc. Form S-1 (No.333-44394))                                                                             

66

---



| |  | 10.35 | Rules of the Vodafone Group 1998 Executive Share Option Scheme (July 1998, Final Version)
(incorporated by reference to Amendment No.1 to Verizon Wireless Inc. Form S-1 (No.333-44394))                               
| |  | ----- | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |  | 10.36 | The Rules of the Vodafone Group Plc Share Option Scheme, as approved on September 14, 1988 and
amended from time to time (incorporated by reference to Amendment No.1 to Verizon Wireless Inc. Form
S-1 (No.333-44394))
| |  | 10.37 | Second Definitive Agreement between Cellco Partnership and Lucent Technologies Inc. dated June 18,
2004 (incorporated by reference to Cellcos Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30,
2004 (No.333-92214))1      
| |  | 10.38 | 2000 Verizon Wireless Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, effective July 10, 2000
(incorporated by reference to Amendment No.1 to Verizon Wireless Inc. Form S-1 (No.333-44394))                        
| |  | 10.39 | Summary of the Verizon Wireless Financial Planning Program                                                                                                                                                             
| |  | 10.40 | Verizon Wireless Short-Term Incentive Plan                                                                                                                                                                             
| |  | 10.41 | Verizon Excess Pension Plan, as amended, effective January 1, 2002                                                                                                                                                     
| |  | 10.42 | [Reserved]                                                                                                                                                                                                             
| |  | 10.43 | [Reserved]                                                                                                                                                                                                             
| |  | 10.44 | [Reserved]                                                                                                                                                                                                             
| |  | 10.45 | Verizon Communications Inc. Verizon Income Deferral Plan, effective January 1, 2002 (incorporated by
reference to Verizon Communications Inc. Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2002 (No. 001-
08606))           
| |  | 10.46 | Vodafone Group Plc 1999 Long Term Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Vodafone Group
Plc Annual Report on Form 20-F for the financial year ended March 31, 2001 (No. 001-10086))                        
| |  | 10.47 | Bell Atlantic Executive Management Retirement Income Plan (restated as of January 1, 1996)
(incorporated by reference to Cellcos Form 10-K for the calendar year ended December 31, 2002 (No.333-
92214))             
| |  | 10.48 | Verizon Wireless Retirement Plan, as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2001 (incorporated by
reference to Cellcos Form 10-K for the calendar year ended December 31, 2002 (No.333-92214))                    
| |  | 10.49 | Verizon Enterprises Management Pension Plan, as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2002
(incorporated by reference to Cellcos Form 10-K for the calendar year ended December 31, 2002 (No.333-
92214))        
| |  | 10.50 | Verizon Communications Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Verizon
Communications Inc. 2001 Proxy Statement filed March 12, 2001 (No. 001-08606))                                              
| |  | 12    | Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges                                                                                                                                                                      
| |  | 21    | Subsidiaries of the Company                                                                                                                                                                                            
| |  | 24    | Powers of Attorney                                                                                                                                                                                                     
| |  | 31.1  | Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.                                                                                                                
| |  | 31.2  | Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.                                                                                                                
| |  | 32.1  | Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.                                                                                                                    
| |  | 32.2  | Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.                                                                                                                    

|1 | Confidential materials appearing in this document have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Rule 24b-2
promulgated thereunder. Omitted information has been replaced with asterisks.
|- | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 

67

---

REPORT OF MANAGEMENT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

We, the management of Cellco Partnership, are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting of the Partnership.  Management has evaluated
internal control over financial reporting of the Partnership using the criteria for effective internal control established in Internal Control  Integrated Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

Management has assessed the effectiveness of the Partnerships internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004. Based on this assessment, we believe that the internal
control over financial reporting of the Partnership is effective as of December 31, 2004. In connection with this assessment, there were no material weaknesses in the Partnerships internal control over financial reporting identified by
management.

The Partnerships financial statements included in this annual report have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm. Deloitte & Touche
LLP has also issued an attestation report on managements assessment of the Partnerships internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Dennis F. StriglDennis F. StriglPresident and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ John TownsendJohn TownsendVice President and Chief Financial Officer

/s/ Michael T. Stefanski  
    Michael T. Stefanski 
    Vice President and Controller

68

---

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Representatives and Partners of 
Cellco Partnership d/b/a Verizon Wireless:

We have audited managements assessment, included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that Cellco Partnership d/b/a Verizon Wireless (the Partnership)
maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established inInternal ControlIntegrated Frameworkissued by
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Partnerships management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal
control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on managements assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Partnerships internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating managements assessment, testing and
evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

An entitys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the entitys principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar
functions, and effected by the entitys board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. An entitys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and
fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the entity; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the entity are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the entity; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the entitys assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be
prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes
in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, managements assessment that the Partnership maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the criteria
established inInternal ControlIntegrated Frameworkissued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Also in our opinion, the Partnership
maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on the criteria established inInternal ControlIntegrated Frameworkissued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2004 of the
Partnership and our report dated February 22, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP 
New York, New York  
February 22, 2005

69

---

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Representatives and Partners of 
Cellco Partnership d/b/a Verizon Wireless:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cellco Partnership d/b/a Verizon Wireless (the Partnership) as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of operations
and comprehensive income, changes in partners capital, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Partnerships management. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Partnership as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Partnerships internal control over financial reporting as of December
31, 2004, based on the criteria established inInternal ControlIntegrated Frameworkissued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and
our report dated February 22, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion on managements assessment of the effectiveness of the Partnerships internal control over financial reporting and an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the
Partnerships internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP 
New York, New York  
February 22, 2005

70

---

CELLCO PARTNERSHIP(d/b/a Verizon Wireless) 
Consolidated Statements of Operations and 
Comprehensive Income 
(in Millions)

|FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                           |   | 2004   |   |   | 2003   |   |   | 2002   |  
|---------------------------------------------------------- | - | ------ | - | - | ------ | - | - | ------ | -
|                                                           |   |        |   |   |        |   |   |        |  
|OPERATING REVENUE                                          |   |        |   |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Service revenue                                            | $ | 24,400 |   | $ | 20,336 |   | $ | 17,747 |  
|Equipment and other                                        |   | 3,262  |   |   | 2,153  |   |   | 1,726  |  
|                                                           |   |        |   |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Total operating revenue                                    |   | 27,662 |   |   | 22,489 |   |   | 19,473 |  
|                                                           |   |        |   |   |        |   |   |        |  
|OPERATING COSTS AND EXPENSES                               |   |        |   |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Cost of service (excluding depreciation and                |   |        |   |   |        |   |   |        |  
|amortization related to network assets included below)     |   | 3,489  |   |   | 3,145  |   |   | 2,787  |  
|Cost of equipment                                          |   | 4,258  |   |   | 3,315  |   |   | 2,669  |  
|Selling, general and administrative                        |   | 9,591  |   |   | 8,057  |   |   | 7,236  |  
|Depreciation and amortization                              |   | 4,486  |   |   | 3,888  |   |   | 3,293  |  
|                                                           |   |        |   |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Total operating costs and expenses                         |   | 21,824 |   |   | 18,405 |   |   | 15,985 |  
|                                                           |   |        |   |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Operating income                                           |   | 5,838  |   |   | 4,084  |   |   | 3,488  |  
|OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES)                                    |   |        |   |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Interest expense, net                                      |   | (648   | ) |   | (614   | ) |   | (602   | )
|Minority interests                                         |   | (209   | ) |   | (166   | ) |   | (127   | )
|Equity in income of unconsolidated entities                |   | 45     |   |   | 15     |   |   | 14     |  
|Other, net                                                 |   | (3     | ) |   | -      |   |   | 4      |  
|                                                           |   |        |   |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Income before provision for income taxes                   |   | 5,023  |   |   | 3,319  |   |   | 2,777  |  
|Provision for income taxes                                 |   | (325   | ) |   | (236   | ) |   | (193   | )
|                                                           |   |        |   |   |        |   |   |        |  
|NET INCOME                                                 |   | 4,698  |   |   | 3,083  |   |   | 2,584  |  
|                                                           |   |        |   |   |        |   |   |        |  
|OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)                          |   |        |   |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative financial instruments |   | 3      |   |   | (2     | ) |   | -      |  
|Minimum pension liability adjustments                      |   | (3     | ) |   | (35    | ) |   | (3     | )
|                                                           |   |        |   |   |        |   |   |        |  
|COMPREHENSIVE INCOME                                       | $ | 4,698  |   | $ | 3,046  |   | $ | 2,581  |  
|                                                           |   |        |   |   |        |   |   |        |  

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

71

---

CELLCO PARTNERSHIP
(d/b/a Verizon Wireless) 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
(in Millions)

|AS OF DECEMBER 31,                                   |   | 2004   |   |   | 2003   |  
|---------------------------------------------------- | - | ------ | - | - | ------ | -
|                                                     |   |        |   |   |        |  
|ASSETS                                               |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Current assets                                       |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Cash                                                 | $ | 171    |   | $ | 137    |  
|Receivables, net of allowances of $223 and $234      |   | 2,489  |   |   | 2,123  |  
|Unbilled revenue                                     |   | 333    |   |   | 310    |  
|Inventories, net                                     |   | 666    |   |   | 432    |  
|Prepaid expenses and other current assets            |   | 276    |   |   | 249    |  
|                                                     |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Total current assets                                 |   | 3,935  |   |   | 3,251  |  
|                                                     |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Property, plant and equipment, net                   |   | 20,514 |   |   | 18,996 |  
|Wireless licenses, net                               |   | 42,067 |   |   | 41,021 |  
|Other intangibles, net                               |   | 613    |   |   | 1,079  |  
|Deferred charges and other assets, net               |   | 529    |   |   | 486    |  
|                                                     |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Total assets                                         | $ | 67,658 |   | $ | 64,833 |  
|                                                     |   |        |   |   |        |  
|                                                     |   |        |   |   |        |  
|LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS CAPITAL                    |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Current liabilities                                  |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Short-term obligations, including current maturities | $ | 1,535  |   | $ | 70     |  
|Due to affiliates, net                               |   | 7,521  |   |   | 6,897  |  
|Accounts payable and accrued liabilities             |   | 3,713  |   |   | 3,058  |  
|Advance billings                                     |   | 830    |   |   | 676    |  
|Other current liabilities                            |   | 162    |   |   | 158    |  
|                                                     |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Total current liabilities                            |   | 13,761 |   |   | 10,859 |  
|                                                     |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Long-term debt                                       |   | 2,495  |   |   | 4,029  |  
|Due to affiliates                                    |   | 2,781  |   |   | 2,781  |  
|Deferred tax liabilities, net                        |   | 4,215  |   |   | 4,159  |  
|Other non-current liabilities                        |   | 423    |   |   | 501    |  
|                                                     |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Total liabilities                                    |   | 23,675 |   |   | 22,329 |  
|                                                     |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Minority interests in consolidated entities          |   | 1,575  |   |   | 1,541  |  
|Partners capital subject to redemption              |   | 20,000 |   |   | 20,000 |  
|Commitments and contingencies (see Notes 11 and 13)  |   |        |   |   |        |  
|                                                     |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Partners capital                                    |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Capital                                              |   | 22,450 |   |   | 21,005 |  
|Accumulated other comprehensive loss                 |   | (42    | ) |   | (42    | )
|                                                     |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Total partners capital                              |   | 22,408 |   |   | 20,963 |  
|                                                     |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Total liabilities and partners capital              | $ | 67,658 |   | $ | 64,833 |  
|                                                     |   |        |   |   |        |  

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

72

---

CELLCO PARTNERSHIP(d/b/a Verizon Wireless) 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
(in Millions)

|FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                                               |   | 2004   |   |   | 2003   |   |   | 2002   |  
|------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | - | ------ | - | - | ------ | - | - | ------ | -
|                                                                               |   |        |   |   |        |   |   |        |  
|CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES                                           |   |        |   |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Net income                                                                     | $ | 4,698  |   | $ | 3,083  |   | $ | 2,584  |  
|Adjustments to reconcile income to net cash provided by operating activities:  |   |        |   |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Depreciation and amortization                                                  |   | 4,486  |   |   | 3,888  |   |   | 3,293  |  
|Provision for uncollectible receivables, net of recoveries                     |   | 227    |   |   | 325    |   |   | 442    |  
|Provision for deferred income taxes                                            |   | 41     |   |   | 94     |   |   | 59     |  
|Equity in income of unconsolidated entities                                    |   | (45    | ) |   | (15    | ) |   | (14    | )
|Minority interests                                                             |   | 209    |   |   | 166    |   |   | 127    |  
|Net gain on sale of assets                                                     |   | (2     | ) |   | (6     | ) |   | (7     | )
|Changes in certain assets and liabilities (net of the effects of purchased and |   |        |   |   |        |   |   |        |  
|disposed businesses):                                                          |   |        |   |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Receivables and unbilled revenue, net                                          |   | (597   | ) |   | (413   | ) |   | (369   | )
|Inventories, net                                                               |   | (234   | ) |   | (101   | ) |   | 285    |  
|Prepaid
expenses and other current assets                                      |   | 30     |   |   | 115    |   |   | 122    |  
|Deferred charges and other assets                                              |   | (45    | ) |   | 90     |   |   | 10     |  
|Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                                       |   | 654    |   |   | 163    |   |   | (87    | )
|Other current liabilities                                                      |   | 177    |   |   | 147    |   |   | 83     |  
|Other operating activities, net                                                |   | (65    | ) |   | 110    |   |   | 61     |  
|                                                                               |   |        |   |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Net cash provided by operating activities                                      |   | 9,534  |   |   | 7,646  |   |   | 6,589  |  
|                                                                               |   |        |   |   |        |   |   |        |  
|CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES                                           |   |        |   |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Capital expenditures                                                           |   | (5,633 | ) |   | (4,590 | ) |   | (4,414 | )
|Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment                            |   | 22     |   |   | -      |   |   | 11     |  
|Acquisitions of businesses and licenses, net of cash acquired                  |   | (996   | ) |   | (925   | ) |   | (774   | )
|Wireless licenses (deposit) refund                                             |   | (56    | ) |   | -      |   |   | 1,740  |  
|Distributions from unconsolidated entities                                     |   | 14     |   |   | 16     |   |   | 11     |  
|Other investing activities, net                                                |   | -      |   |   | (1     | ) |   | 5      |  
|                                                                               |   |        |   |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Net cash used in investing activities                                          |   | (6,649 | ) |   | (5,500 | ) |   | (3,421 | )
|                                                                               |   |        |   |   |        |   |   |        |  
|CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES                                           |   |        |   |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Net proceeds from (payments to) affiliates                                     |   | 627    |   |   | 418    |   |   | (1,309 | )
|Net change in short-term obligations                                           |   | (78    | ) |   | (82    | ) |   | (436   | )
|Issuance of long-term debt                                                     |   | -      |   |   | 1,525  |   |   | -      |  
|Repayments of long-term debt, net                                              |   | -      |   |   | (1,500 | ) |   | (584   | )
|Distributions to partners                                                      |   | (3,253 | ) |   | (2,373 | ) |   | (862   | )
|Distributions to minority investors, net                                       |   | (147   | ) |   | (121   | ) |   | (51    | )
|                                                                               |   |        |   |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Net cash used in financing activities                                          |   | (2,851 | ) |   | (2,133 | ) |   | (3,242 | )
|                                                                               |   |        |   |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Increase (decrease) in cash                                                    |   | 34     |   |   | 13     |   |   | (74    | )
|Cash, beginning of year                                                        |   | 137    |   |   | 124    |   |   | 198    |  
|                                                                               |   |        |   |   |        |   |   |        |  
|Cash, end of year                                                              | $ | 171    |   | $ | 137    |   | $ | 124    |  
|                                                                               |   |        |   |   |        |   |   |        |  

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

73

---

CELLCO PARTNERSHIP
(d/b/a Verizon Wireless) 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Partners Capital
 (in Millions)

|                                                    |   | Capital |   |  |   | Accumulated 
Other
Comprehensive
Loss |   |  |   | Total
Partners
Capital |  
|--------------------------------------------------- | - | ------- | - |  | - | ------------------------------------- | - |  | - | ----------------------- | -
|                                                    |   |         |   |  |   |                                       |   |  |   |                         |  
|Balance at January 1, 2002                          | $ | 18,547  |   |  | $ | (2                                    | ) |  | $ | 18,545                  |  
|                                                    |   |         |   |  |   |                                       |   |  |   |                         |  
|Net income                                          |   | 2,584   |   |  |   | -                                     |   |  |   | 2,584                   |  
|Distribution to partners, net                       |   | (837    | ) |  |   | -                                     |   |  |   | (837                    | )
|Minimum pension liability adjustment                |   | -       |   |  |   | (3                                    | ) |  |   | (3                      | )
|                                                    |   |         |   |  |   |                                       |   |  |   |                         |  
|Balance at December 31, 2002                        |   | 20,294  |   |  |   | (5                                    | ) |  |   | 20,289                  |  
|                                                    |   |         |   |  |   |                                       |   |  |   |                         |  
|Net income                                          |   | 3,083   |   |  |   | -                                     |   |  |   | 3,083                   |  
|Distribution to partners, net                       |   | (2,373  | ) |  |   | -                                     |   |  |   | (2,373                  | )
|Other                                               |   | 1       |   |  |   | -                                     |   |  |   | 1                       |  
|Unrealized Loss on derivative financial instruments |   | -       |   |  |   | (2                                    | ) |  |   | (2                      | )
|Minimum pension liability adjustment                |   | -       |   |  |   | (35                                   | ) |  |   | (35                     | )
|                                                    |   |         |   |  |   |                                       |   |  |   |                         |  
|Balance at December 31, 2003                        |   | 21,005  |   |  |   | (42                                   | ) |  |   | 20,963                  |  
|                                                    |   |         |   |  |   |                                       |   |  |   |                         |  
|Net income                                          |   | 4,698   |   |  |   | -                                     |   |  |   | 4,698                   |  
|Distributions to partners                           |   | (3,253  | ) |  |   | -                                     |   |  |   | (3,253                  | )
|Unrealized gain on derivative financial instruments |   | -       |   |  |   | 3                                     |   |  |   | 3                       |  
|Minimum pension liability adjustment                |   | -       |   |  |   | (3                                    | ) |  |   | (3                      | )
|                                                    |   |         |   |  |   |                                       |   |  |   |                         |  
|Balance at December 31, 2004                        | $ | 22,450  |   |  | $ | (42                                   | ) |  | $ | 22,408                  |  
|                                                    |   |         |   |  |   |                                       |   |  |   |                         |  

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

74

---

CELLCO PARTNERSHIP  (d/b/a Verizon Wireless)  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002


|
|

Formation of Business

Cellco Partnership (the Partnership) is a general partnership formed by Bell Atlantic Corporation (Bell Atlantic) and NYNEX Corporation (NYNEX) and began conducting business operations
on July 1, 1995 as Bell Atlantic Mobile (BAM). On August 14, 1997, Bell Atlantic and NYNEX merged into one company, Bell Atlantic. On June 30, 2000, Bell Atlantic and GTE Corporation (GTE Corp) completed a merger of equals
under a definitive merger agreement entered into on July 27, 1998 (the Merger) and the newly merged entity changed its name to Verizon Communications Inc. (Verizon).

In April and June 2000, through the U.S. Wireless Alliance Agreement (the Alliance Agreement) dated September 21, 1999, Bell Atlantic, Vodafone Group Plc (Vodafone), and GTE Corp agreed to combine
their respective U.S. wireless assets into the Partnership and began doing business under the Verizon Wireless brand name. Vodafone contributed its U.S. wireless operations (the AirTouch Properties), its 50% ownership interest in PrimeCo
Personal Communications L.P. (PrimeCo) and approximately $4 billion of debt to the Partnership. Verizon contributed certain GTE Corp. wireless net assets and operations (GTEW), as well as its 50% ownership interest in PrimeCo
to the Partnership. Verizon and Vodafones partnership interests are 55% and 45%, respectively.

The Partnership is the second largest domestic carrier in terms of the number of customers and revenues. The Partnership offers wireless voice and data services across one of the most extensive wireless networks in the U.S.

Consolidated Financial Statements and Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements of the Partnership include the accounts of its majority-owned subsidiaries and the partnerships in which the Partnership exercises control. Investments in businesses and partnerships in
which the Partnership does not have control, but has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies, are accounted for under the equity method of accounting.  All significant intercompany balances and
transactions between these entities have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Estimates are used for, but not limited to, the accounting for: allowances for uncollectible accounts receivable, unbilled revenue, fair values of financial instruments, depreciation and amortization, useful lives and impairment of assets, accrued
expenses, inventory reserves, equity in income (loss) of unconsolidated entities, employee benefits, income taxes, contingencies and allocation of purchase prices in connection with business combinations.  Estimates and assumptions are periodically
reviewed and the effects of any material revisions are reflected in the consolidated financial statements in the period that they are determined to be necessary.

Revenue Recognition

The Partnership earns revenue by providing access to the network (access revenue) and for usage of the network (airtime/usage revenue), which includes roaming and long distance revenue. In general, access revenue is billed
one month in advance and is recognized when earned; the unearned portion is classified in advance billings. Airtime/usage revenue, roaming revenue and long distance revenue are recognized when service is rendered and included in unbilled revenue
until billed. Equipment sales revenue associated with the sale of wireless handsets and accessories is recognized when the products are delivered to and accepted by the customer, as this is considered to be a separate earnings process from the sale
of wireless services. Effective July 1, 2003, the Partnership adopted the provisions under Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables. Prior to the adoption, customer
activation fees, along with the related costs up to but not exceeding the activation fees, were deferred and amortized over the customer relationship period. Subsequent to the adoption of EITF 00-21, customer activation fees are recognized as part
of equipment revenue. The existing deferred balances, prior to the effective date, will continue to be amortized in the statement of operations.

75

---

The Partnerships revenue recognition policies are in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commissions (SEC) Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 101, Revenue Recognition
in Financial Statements, SAB No. 104, Revenue Recognition, and EITF Issue No. 00-21.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Partnership maintains allowances for uncollectible accounts receivable for estimated losses resulting from the inability of customers to make required payments. Estimates are based on the aging of the accounts
receivable balances and the historical write-off experience, net of recoveries.

Inventory

Inventory consists primarily of wireless equipment held for sale.  Equipment held for sale is carried at the lower of cost (determined using a first-in, first-out method) or market. The Partnership maintains estimated
inventory valuation reserves for obsolete and slow moving handset and data device inventory based on analysis of inventory agings and changes in technology.

Capitalized Software

Capitalized software consists primarily of direct costs incurred for professional services provided by third parties and compensation costs of employees which relate to software developed for internal use either during the
application stage or for upgrades and enhancements that increase functionality. Costs are capitalized and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of three to five years. Costs incurred in the preliminary
project stage of development and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

Capitalized software of $458 million and $356 million and related accumulated amortization of $219 million and $188 million as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, have been included in deferred charges and other
assets, net in the consolidated balance sheets.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment primarily represents costs incurred to construct and expand capacity and network coverage on Mobile Telephone Switching Offices and cell sites. The cost of property, plant and equipment is
depreciated over its estimated useful life using the straight-line method of accounting.  Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the term of the related lease.  Major improvements to existing plant
and equipment are capitalized. Routine maintenance and repairs that do not extend the life of the plant and equipment are charged to expense as incurred.

Upon the sale or retirement of property, plant and equipment, the cost and related accumulated depreciation or amortization is eliminated from the accounts and any related gain or loss is reflected in the statement of
operations and comprehensive income in selling, general and administrative expense.

Interest expense and network engineering costs incurred during the construction phase of the Partnerships network and real estate properties under development are capitalized as part of property, plant and equipment
and recorded as construction in progress until the projects are completed and placed into service.

Valuation of Assets

Long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment and intangible assets with finite lives, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may
not be recoverable. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. The impairment loss, if determined to be
necessary, would be measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. For valuation of intangible assets with indefinite lives see Note 2, Wireless Licenses and Other Intangibles,
Net.

Financial Instruments

The Partnership uses various financial instruments, including foreign exchange-forward contracts, to manage risk to the Partnership by generating cash flows that offset the cash flows of certain transactions in foreign
currencies.  Derivatives are measured at fair value and recognized as either assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. Changes in the fair values of derivative instruments not used as hedges are recognized in earnings immediately.
Changes in the fair values of derivative instruments used effectively as hedges of changes in cash flows are recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) and are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income as
interest expense, net when the hedged item

76

---

affects earnings.  The ineffective portion of a derivatives change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings.  The Partnerships derivative financial instruments are for purposes other than trading (see
Note 7).

Long-Term Compensation

Effective January 1, 2003, the Partnership adopted the fair value recognition provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,
prospectively as permitted under SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation  Transition and Disclosure, and accounts for Value Appreciation Rights (VARs) and Restricted Partnership Units (RPUs)
issued to employees accordingly. There was no material effect on the Partnerships results of operations or financial position upon the adoption of the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 as the Partnership was accounting for
these awards using a fair value approach under Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations. The Partnership records a charge or benefit in the
consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income in selling, general and administrative expense each reporting period based on the change in the estimated fair value of the awards during the period (see Note 9).

Advertising Costs

The Partnership expenses advertising costs as incurred. Total advertising expense amounted to $1,059 million, $886 million and $829 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Partnership is not a taxable entity for federal income tax purposes. Any federal taxable income or loss is included in the respective partners consolidated federal return. Certain states, however, impose taxes at
the partnership level and such taxes are the responsibility of the Partnership and are included in the Partnerships tax provision. The consolidated financial statements also include provisions for federal and state income taxes, prepared on a
stand-alone basis, for all corporate entities within the Partnership. Deferred income taxes are recorded using enacted tax law and rates for the years in which the taxes are expected to be paid or refunds received. Deferred income taxes are provided
for items when there is a temporary difference in recording such items for financial reporting and income tax reporting.

Concentrations

To the extent the Partnerships customer receivables become delinquent, collection activities commence. No single customer is large enough to present a significant financial risk to the Partnership. The Partnership
maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the expected collectibility of accounts receivable.

The Partnership relies on local and long-distance telephone companies, some of whom are related parties (see Note 12), and other companies to provide certain communication services. Although management believes alternative
telecommunications facilities could be found in a timely manner, any disruption of these services could potentially have an adverse impact on operating results.

Although the Partnership attempts to maintain multiple vendors for each required product, its network assets, which are important components of its operations, are currently acquired from only a few sources. If the
suppliers are unable to meet the Partnerships needs as it builds out its network infrastructure and sells service and equipment, delays and increased costs in the expansion of the Partnerships network infrastructure or losses of
potential customers could result, which would adversely affect its operating results.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income consists of net income and other
gains and losses affecting partners capital
that, under generally accepted accounting principles, are excluded from net income.
Other comprehensive income is comprised of net unrealized gains (losses) on derivative
financial instruments (see Note 7) and adjustments to the minimum pension liability.

Segments

The Partnership has one reportable business segment and operates domestically only. The Partnerships products and services are materially comprised of wireless telecommunications services.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2003 and 2002 consolidated financial statements to conform to the current year presentation.

77

---

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment. This standard replaces SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation, and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.  This statement requires all entities to apply a fair-value-based measurement method in accounting for share-based payment transactions with
a) employees, except for equity instruments held by employee share ownership plans, and b) nonemployees when acquiring goods or services. The Partnership will adopt the revised standard effective July 1, 2005. The Partnership is currently evaluating
the provisions of this statement and does not expect the impact of the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) to have a material effect on the Partnerships consolidated financial statements as the Partnership is accounting for its liability awards (VARs
and RPUs) using a fair value approach.

In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, Inventory Costs  an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4.  This standard re-addresses the financial accounting and reporting of inventory costs by requiring
that abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs and wasted material (spoilage) be recognized as current-period charges. The Partnership will adopt the standard effective January 1, 2006. The Partnership does not expect the
impact of the adoption of SFAS No. 151 to have a material effect on the Partnerships consolidated financial statements.

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets  An Amendment of APB Opinion No. 29.  This standard eliminates the exception from fair value measurement for nonmonetary
exchanges of similar productive assets. A nonmonetary exchange shall be measured based on the recorded amount of the nonmonetary asset(s) relinquished, and not on the fair values of the exchanged assets, if a) the fair value is not determinable, b)
the exchange transaction is to facilitate sales to customers, or c) the exchange transaction lacks commercial substance.  This statement specifies that a nonmonetary exchange has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are
expected to change significantly as a result of the exchange. The Partnership will adopt the standard effective January 1, 2006. The Partnership does not expect the impact of the adoption of SFAS No. 153 to have a material effect on the
Partnerships consolidated financial statements.

|
|

The Partnership adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, as of January 1, 2002. In conjunction with this adoption, the Partnership has reassessed the useful lives of
previously recognized intangible assets. The Partnerships principal intangible assets are licenses, including licenses associated with equity method investments, which provide the Partnership with the exclusive right to utilize certain radio
frequency spectrum to provide wireless communication services. While licenses are issued for only a fixed time, generally 10 years, such licenses are subject to renewal by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC).  Renewals of
licenses have occurred routinely and at nominal cost.  Moreover, the Partnership has determined that there are currently no legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic or other factors that limit the useful life of the Partnerships
wireless licenses. As a result, the wireless licenses have been treated as an indefinite life intangible asset under the provisions of SFAS No. 142 and have not been amortized but rather were tested for impairment. The Partnership will reevaluate
the useful life determination for wireless licenses at least annually to determine whether events and circumstances continue to support an indefinite useful life.

Previous business combinations have been for the purpose of acquiring existing licenses and related infrastructure to enable the Partnership to build out its existing nationwide network. The primary asset acquired in such
combinations has been wireless licenses.  In the allocation of the purchase price of these previous acquisitions, amounts classified as goodwill have related predominately to the expected synergies of placing the acquired licenses in the
Partnerships national footprint.  Further, in purchase accounting, the values assigned to both wireless licenses and goodwill were principally determined based on an allocation of the excess of the purchase price over the acquired net assets.
The Partnership believes that the nature of its wireless licenses and related goodwill are fundamentally indistinguishable.

In light of these considerations, on January 1, 2002 amounts previously classified as goodwill, approximately $7,958 million as of December 31, 2001, were reclassified into wireless licenses. Also, assembled workforce,
previously included in other intangible assets, is no longer recognized separately from wireless licenses. Amounts for fiscal year 2001 have been reclassified to conform to the presentation adopted on January 1, 2002. In conjunction with this
reclassification, and in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, the Partnership recognized a deferred tax liability of approximately $1,627 million related to the difference in the tax basis versus
book basis of the wireless licenses. This reclassification, including the related impact on deferred taxes, had no impact on the results of operations of the Partnership.  This reclassification and the methodology used to test wireless licenses for
impairment under SFAS No. 142, as described in the next paragraph, had been reviewed with the staff of the SEC.

78

---

When testing the carrying value of the wireless licenses for impairment, the Partnership determined the fair value of the aggregated wireless licenses by subtracting from enterprise discounted cash flows (net of debt) the
fair value of all of the other net tangible and intangible assets of the Partnership including previously unrecognized intangible assets. This approach is generally referred to as the residual method.  In addition, the fair value of the aggregated
wireless licenses is then subjected to a reasonableness analysis using public information of comparable wireless carriers. If the fair value of the aggregated wireless licenses as determined above had been less than the aggregated carrying amount of
the licenses, an impairment would have been recognized. During 2004 and 2003, tests for impairment were performed with no impairment recognized.

On September 29, 2004, the SEC issued Staff Announcement No. D-108, Use of the Residual Method to Value Acquired Assets other than Goodwill. This Staff Announcement requires SEC registrants to adopt a direct
value method of assigning value to intangible assets acquired in a business combination under SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations, effective for all business combinations completed after September 29, 2004. Further, all intangible assets
valued under the residual method prior to this adoption are required to be tested for impairment using a direct value method no later than the beginning of 2005.  Any impairment of intangible assets recognized upon application of a direct value
method by entities previously applying the residual method should be reported as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle.  Under this Staff Announcement, the reclassification of recorded balances from wireless licenses to goodwill
prior to the adoption of this Staff Announcement is prohibited.

The Partnership has evaluated its wireless licenses for potential impairment using a direct value methodology effective January 1, 2005. The valuation and analyses prepared in connection with the adoption of a direct value
method resulted in no adjustment to the carrying value of the Partnerships wireless licenses, and accordingly, had no effect on its results of operations and financial position. Future tests for impairment will be performed at least annually
and more often if events or circumstances warrant.

Other intangibles, net, which primarily represent acquired customer lists, have a finite useful life of four to eight years and are amortized on an accelerated basis.

The changes in the carrying amount of wireless licenses are as follows:

|(Dollars in Millions)                 |   | Wireless Licenses, Net (a) |  |   | Wireless 
Licenses, Associated
with Equity 
Method Investments (b) |   |   | Total 
|------------------------------------- | - | -------------------------- |  | - | ------------------------------------------------------------------ | - | - | ------
|                                      |   |                            |  |   |                                                                    |   |   |       
|Balance, net, as of January 1, 2003   | $ | 40,150                     |  | $ | 32                                                                 |   | $ | 40,182
|Wireless licenses acquired            |   | 842                        |  |   | -                                                                  |   |   | 842   
|Other                                 |   | 29                         |  |   | -                                                                  |   |   | 29    
|                                      |   |                            |  |   |                                                                    |   |   |       
|Balance, net, as of December 31, 2003 |   | 41,021                     |  |   | 32                                                                 |   |   | 41,053
|Wireless licenses acquired            |   | 1,000                      |  |   | -                                                                  |   |   | 1,000 
|Other                                 |   | 46                         |  |   | (2                                                                 | ) |   | 44    
|                                      |   |                            |  |   |                                                                    |   |   |       
|Balance, net, as of December 31, 2004 | $ | 42,067                     |  | $ | 30                                                                 |   | $ | 42,097
|                                      |   |                            |  |   |                                                                    |   |   |       

| |    
| | ---
| | (a)
| | (b)

FCC Auctions

In December 2000, the FCC began an auction of Personal Communications Service (PCS) licenses that had been awarded in previous license grants but had been cancelled by the FCC and reclaimed from those bidders.
The Partnership was the winning bidder for 113 licenses and paid $1.8 billion as a deposit. In August 2001, the Partnership was awarded 33 of the 113 licenses and paid approximately $82 million for them. However, the remaining licenses for which the
Partnership was the high bidder were the subject of litigation by the original licensees, NextWave Personal Communications Inc. and NextWave Power Partners, Inc. (collectively NextWave).

In January 2002, the Partnership and most other bidders filed a petition with the FCC to refund their deposits on the ground that the FCC could not timely deliver the licenses to them. Consequently, the FCC refunded 85% of
the Partnerships deposit in March 2002 and the remaining deposit, of approximately $1,740 million, in December 2002, after the Partnership dismissed its applications. The NextWave licenses were litigated until January 27, 2003 when the Supreme
Court ordered the FCC to return the auction spectrum to NextWave.

79

---

Other intangibles, net consist of the following:

|                                   | December 31, |      
|---------------------------------- | ------------ | -----
|(Dollars in Millions)              |              | 2004 
|                                   |              |      
|Customer lists (4-7 yrs.)          | $            | 3,428
|Other (8 yrs.)                     |              | 2    
|                                   |              |      
|                                   |              | 3,430
|Less: accumulated amortization (a) |              | 2,817
|                                   |              |      
|Other intangibles, net             | $            | 613  
|                                   |              |      

| |     |                                                                                                                                                                                             
| | --- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | (a) | Based solely on amortizable intangible assets
               existing at December 31, 2004, the estimated amortization expense
          for the five succeeding fiscal years is as follows:

| | For the year ended 12/31/05 | $ | 464 | 
| | --------------------------- | - | --- | 
| | For the year ended 12/31/06 | $ | 132 | 
| | For the year ended 12/31/07 | $ | 12  | 
| | For the year ended 12/31/08 | $ | 4   | 
| | For the year ended 12/31/09 | $ | -   | 

|
|

In July 2004, the Partnership won the spectrum license for the New York metropolitan area auctioned by NextWave Telecom Inc. The transaction closed in October 2004 and, under the terms of the purchase agreement, the
Partnership paid $930 million for the license. The license covers a population of 20.1 million people for the New York, New York Basic Trading Area, and is being used to expand the Partnerships network capacity to meet customers growing
demand for voice and data services.

In May 2003, the Partnership acquired 50 personal communications services licenses and related network assets from Northcoast Communications LLC (Northcoast) for approximately $762 million in cash, which
included $12 million in working capital adjustments.  The licenses provide the Partnership with additional growth capacity over large portions of the East Coast and Midwest. The total population covered by the licenses is approximately 47 million.

On August 15, 2002, the Partnership acquired substantially all of the operating assets of Price Communications Wireless, Inc. (Price), a subsidiary of Price Communications Corp., pursuant to an agreement dated
as of December 18, 2001, as amended. The transaction was valued at $1,702 million, including $550 million ($700 million debt less $150 million cash contributed by Price) in net debt assumed and redeemed. On December 17, 2001 a new limited
partnership, Verizon Wireless of the East LP, was formed for the purpose of acquiring the assets to be contributed by Price and subsidiaries of the Partnership. The Partnership contributed certain of its assets to the new limited partnership in
exchange for a managing general partner interest and a limited partner interest. In exchange for its contributed assets, Price received a preferred limited partnership interest in Verizon Wireless of the East LP that is exchangeable under certain
circumstances into equity of Verizon Wireless (if an initial public offering of such equity occurs) or into common stock of Verizon on the fourth anniversary of the asset contribution if a qualifying initial public offering of Verizon Wireless
equity has not occurred prior to such anniversary.  Pursuant to the limited partnership agreement, the profits of Verizon Wireless of the East LP are allocated on a preferred basis to Prices capital account quarterly in an amount up to, but
not exceeding, 2.915% per annum (based on the weighted daily average balance of Prices capital account). Prices initial capital account balance for its preferred interest was $1,113 million, which is included in minority interests in
consolidated entities in the consolidated balance sheets. Verizon Wireless of the East LP is controlled and fully consolidated by the Partnership.

In February 2002, the Partnership acquired certain Dobson Communications Corporation (Dobson) wireless operations in California, Georgia, Ohio, Tennessee, and Arizona for approximately $552 million.

Other acquisitions in the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 consisted of various individually immaterial partnership interests and wireless licenses.  All of the acquisitions of businesses included above were
accounted for under the purchase method of accounting with results of operations included in the consolidated statements of operations from the date of acquisition. Had the acquisitions of businesses been consummated on January 1 of the year
preceding the year of acquisition, the results of these acquired operations would not have had a significant impact on the Partnerships consolidated results of operations for any of the periods presented.

80

---

The following table presents information about the Partnerships acquisitions for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002:

|(Dollars in Millions)    | AcquisitionDate |  |   | Purchase
Price (a) |  |   | Wireless
Licenses |  |   | Other
Intangibles |  |   | Net
Tangible
Assets | 
|------------------------ | --------------- |  | - | ------------------ |  | - | ----------------- |  | - | ----------------- |  | - | ------------------- | 
|                         |                 |  |   |                    |  |   |                   |  |   |                   |  |   |                     | 
|2004                     |                 |  |   |                    |  |   |                   |  |   |                   |  |   |                     | 
|NextWave Telecom Inc (b) | Oct 2004        |  | $ | 930                |  | $ | 930               |  | $ | -                 |  | $ | -                   | 
|Various                  | Various         |  | $ | 101                |  | $ | 70                |  | $ | 3                 |  | $ | 28                  | 
|                         |                 |  |   |                    |  |   |                   |  |   |                   |  |   |                     | 
|2003                     |                 |  |   |                    |  |   |                   |  |   |                   |  |   |                     | 
|Northcoast               | May 2003        |  | $ | 762                |  | $ | 754               |  | $ | -                 |  | $ | 8                   | 
|Various                  | Various         |  | $ | 177                |  | $ | 88                |  | $ | 1                 |  | $ | 88                  | 
|                         |                 |  |   |                    |  |   |                   |  |   |                   |  |   |                     | 
|2002                     |                 |  |   |                    |  |   |                   |  |   |                   |  |   |                     | 
|Price                    | Aug 2002        |  | $ | 1,702              |  | $ | 1,610             |  | $ | 52                |  | $ | 40                  | 
|Dobson                   | Feb 2002        |  | $ | 552                |  | $ | 505               |  | $ | 19                |  | $ | 28                  | 
|Various                  | Various         |  | $ | 249                |  | $ | 234               |  | $ | 4                 |  | $ | 11                  | 
|                         |                 |  |   |                    |  |   |                   |  |   |                   |  |   |                     | 

| |    
| | ---
| | (a)
| | (b)
| |    

Tower Transactions

In accordance with the Alliance Agreement, any tower financing transactions accounted for by Verizon as a financing were not contributed to the Partnership. The tower financings associated with BAM and GTEW resulted in the
Partnerships continuing involvement in joint ventures (JVs) with Crown Castle International Corporation (Crown), which were established through the contribution of communications towers in exchange for cash and equity
interests in the JVs.  The JVs are controlled and managed by Crown. The JVs were entitled to build and own the first 500 towers built for BAMs network and the first 500 towers built for GTEWs network after the date of each agreement;
however, the parties agreed to end their obligations related to such towers in 2002.  The Partnership leases back a portion of the towers pursuant to lease agreements.  In May 2003 and November 2004, Crown purchased Verizons remaining minority
interest in these JVs, which are now 100% owned by Crown. The Partnership paid $95 million, $88 million and $85 million to Crown related to payments under operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Prior to the acquisition of the AirTouch Properties, Vodafone entered into agreements (Sublease Agreements) to sublease all of its unused space on its communications towers to American Tower Corporation
(ATC) and SpectraSite Holdings, Inc. (SpectraSite) in exchange for $955 million. Vodafone also entered into exclusive three-year build-to-suit agreements with ATC and SpectraSite to produce new communications towers in
strategic locations. The build-to-suit agreements were assumed by the Partnership upon the closing of the AirTouch Properties acquisition. Several of these transactions closed in phases throughout 2001. The parties agreed to terminate the
build-to-suit agreement with SpectraSite in 2002. The build-to-suit agreement with ATC expired in January 2003. As of December 31, 2004, approximately 2,200 towers have been subleased, at the monthly rate of approximately two thousand dollars per
tower. In accordance with the Alliance Agreement, all proceeds from the subleases were retained by or remitted to Vodafone. The Sublease Agreements require monthly maintenance fees for the existing physical space used by the Partnerships
wireless equipment. The terms of the Sublease Agreements differ for leased communication towers versus those owned by the Partnership and range from 20 to 99 years. The Partnership paid $56 million, $54 million and $53 million to ATC and SpectraSite
pursuant to the Sublease Agreements for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

81

---

|
|

Supplementary Balance Sheet Information

|                                           | December 31, |       
|------------------------------------------ | ------------ | ------
|(Dollars in Millions)                      |              | 2004  
|                                           |              |       
|Receivables, Net:                          |              |       
|Accounts receivable                        | $            | 2,295 
|Other receivables                          |              | 417   
|                                           |              |       
|                                           |              | 2,712 
|Less: allowance for doubtful accounts      |              | 223   
|                                           |              |       
|Receivables, net                           | $            | 2,489 
|                                           |              |       
|                                           |              |       
|                                           | December 31, |       
|(Dollars in Millions)                      |              | 2004  
|                                           |              |       
|Property, Plant and Equipment, Net:        |              |       
|Land and improvements                      | $            | 118   
|Buildings (8-40 yrs.)                      |              | 4,888 
|Wireless plant equipment (3-15 yrs.)       |              | 27,936
|Furniture, fixtures and equipment (5 yrs.) |              | 2,775 
|Leasehold improvements (5 yrs.)            |              | 1,197 
|                                           |              |       
|                                           |              | 36,914
|Less: accumulated depreciation             |              | 16,400
|                                           |              |       
|Property, plant and equipment, net (a)(b)  | $            | 20,514
|                                           |              |       

| |     |                                                                                                                                                                                                                         
| | --- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | (a) | Construction-in-progress included in certain of the classifications shown in property, plant and equipment, principally wireless plant equipment, amounted to $988 and $727 at December 31, 2004 and 2003,
respectively.
| | (b) | Interest costs of $70 and $44 and network engineering costs of $212 and $197 were capitalized during the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.                                                          

|                                          | December 31, |      
|----------------------------------------- | ------------ | -----
|(Dollars in Millions)                     |              | 2004 
|                                          |              |      
|Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities: |              |      
|Accounts payable                          | $            | 1,796
|Accrued liabilities                       |              | 1,917
|                                          |              |      
|Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  | $            | 3,713
|                                          |              |      

Supplementary Statements of Operations Information

|                                                       | For the Years Ended
          December 31, |      
|------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------ | -----
|(Dollars in Millions)                                  |                                            | 2004 
|                                                       |                                            |      
|Depreciation and Amortization:                         |                                            |      
|Depreciation of property, plant and equipment, net     | $                                          | 3,954
|Amortization of other intangibles, net                 |                                            | 469  
|Amortization of deferred charges and other assets, net |                                            | 63   
|                                                       |                                            |      
|Total depreciation and amortization                    | $                                          | 4,486
|                                                       |                                            |      
|Interest Expense, Net:                                 |                                            |      
|Interest expense                                       | $                                          | (779 
|Interest income                                        |                                            | 13   
|Capitalized interest                                   |                                            | 118  
|                                                       |                                            |      
|Interest expense, net                                  | $                                          | (648 
|                                                       |                                            |      

82

---

Supplementary Cash Flows Information

|                                                            | For
          the Years Ended December 31, |     
|----------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------ | ----
|(Dollars in Millions)                                       |                                            | 2004
|                                                            |                                            |     
|Net cash paid (refunds received) for income taxes           | $                                          | 281 
|Interest paid, net of amounts capitalized                   | $                                          | 640 
|Supplemental investing and financing non-cash transactions: |                                            |     
|Net assets transferred from (to) affiliate                  | $                                          | -   
|Exchange of investment interests                            | $                                          | 35  
|Debt and net liabilities assumed, less cash                 | $                                          | -   
|Minority interest (preferred return) issued                 | $                                          | -   
|                                                            |                                            |     

|
|

|                                                 |              |       |  |   |       | 
|------------------------------------------------ | ------------ | ----- |  | - | ----- | 
|                                                 | December 31, |      
|(Dollars in Millions)                            |              | 2004  |  |   | 2003  | 
|                                                 |              |       |  |   |       | 
|Short-term obligations consist of the following: |              |       |  |   |       | 
|Floating rate notes                              | $            | 1,525 |  | $ | -     | 
|Capital lease obligations                        |              | 9     |  |   | 68    | 
|Other                                            |              | 1     |  |   | 2     | 
|                                                 |              |       |  |   |       | 
|                                                 |              | 1,535 |  |   | 70    | 
|                                                 |              |       |  |   |       | 
|Long-term debt consists of the following:        |              |       |  |   |       | 
|Fixed rate notes, net of discount                |              | 2,495 |  |   | 2,493 | 
|Floating rate notes                              |              | -     |  |   | 1,525 | 
|Capital lease obligations (see Note 11)          |              | -     |  |   | 11    | 
|                                                 |              |       |  |   |       | 
|                                                 |              | 2,495 |  |   | 4,029 | 
|                                                 |              |       |  |   |       | 
|Total debt                                       | $            | 4,030 |  | $ | 4,099 | 
|                                                 |              |       |  |   |       | 

Fixed and Floating Rate Notes

In December 2001, the Partnership and Verizon Wireless Capital LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Partnership, co-issued a private placement of $1.5 billion floating rate notes, originally maturing in December 2003, and
$2.5 billion fixed rate notes, maturing in December 2006. The net cash proceeds were used to reduce outstanding amounts of the Partnerships credit facility. Verizon Wireless Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, was formed for the
sole purpose of facilitating the offering of the notes and additional debt securities of the Partnership.  Other than acting as co-issuer of the Partnership indebtedness, Verizon Wireless Capital LLC has no material assets, operations or revenues.
The Partnership is joint and severally liable with Verizon Wireless Capital LLC for the notes.

On July 10, 2002, the Partnership filed a registration statement on Form S-4 to exchange the privately placed notes for a new issue of notes with identical terms registered under the Securities Act of 1933. The registration
statement was declared effective and the exchange offer commenced on October 11, 2002. The exchange offer expired and closed on November 12, 2002.

On November 17, 2003, the Partnership and Verizon Wireless
Capital LLC co-issued another private placement of $1.5 billion floating rate
notes. The net proceeds from the sale of the notes were used to repay the original
 $1.5 billion floating rate notes that matured in December 2003 and a $24 million
credit facility. The new floating rate notes mature in May 2005 and bear interest
at a rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 0.07% (2.42% at December 31, 2004)
due  quarterly in arrears. The Partnership expects to refinance this debt when
it matures through intercompany borrowings. The $2.5 billion, net of an original
$12 million discount, fixed rate notes bear interest at a rate of 5.375% due
semi-annually on each June 15 and December 15. The discount is amortized using
the effective interest method. Net capitalized debt issuance costs, included
in deferred charges and other assets, net in the 2004 and 2003 consolidated balance
sheets, amounted to $4 million and $6 million, respectively, and are amortized
in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income using the
straight-line method.

Both the floating and fixed rate notes are unsecured and unsubordinated obligations. The Partnership may not redeem the floating rate notes at any time prior to maturity; however, the fixed rate notes can be redeemed at any
time at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus the following: i) accrued interest, ii) unpaid interest on the principal amount being redeemed to the redemption date, and iii) an additional premium. These notes are non-recourse
against any existing or future partners of the Partnership and contain customary events of default and customary non-financial covenants. The Partnership was in compliance with all covenants at December 31, 2004.

83

---

|
|
|

|                                              | December 31, |       
|--------------------------------------------- | ------------ | ------
|(Dollars in Millions)                         |              | 2004  
|                                              |              |       
|Short-term portion consists of the following: |              |       
|Receivable from affiliates                    | $            | (167  
|Demand notes due to affiliate                 |              | 7,688 
|                                              |              |       
|                                              |              | 7,521 
|Long-term portion consists of the following:  |              |       
|Term notes payable to affiliates              |              | 2,781 
|                                              |              |       
|Total due to affiliates                       | $            | 10,302
|                                              |              |       

Receivable from Affiliates

The Partnership has agreements with certain Verizon subsidiaries and affiliates for the provision of services in the normal course of business, including but not limited to direct and office telecommunications and general
and administrative services.

Demand Notes Due to Affiliate

The Partnership has an agreement with Verizons wholly-owned financing affiliate, Verizon Global Funding (VGF) under which it could borrow, regularly on an uncommitted basis, up to an agreed upon amount for
working capital and other general partnership purposes. Amounts payable to VGF are offset on a daily basis by cash available in the Partnerships cash accounts. Under the terms of the agreement, all demand notes are payable to VGF on
demand.

Demand note borrowings from VGF will fluctuate based upon the Partnerships working capital and other funding requirements. Interest on the demand note borrowings is generally based on a blended interest rate
calculated by VGF using fixed rates and variable rates applicable to borrowings by VGF to fund the Partnership and other entities affiliated with Verizon. The year-to-date weighted average interest rates for all demand note borrowings from VGF were
5.9% and 5.0% for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Term Notes Payable to Affiliates

At December 31, 2004, approximately $2,431 million of term note borrowings from Verizons subsidiaries and affiliates are due in 2009. The Partnership must make quarterly prepayments to the extent that its former
Ameritech markets generate excess cash flow, as defined in the term notes. Management does not anticipate such excess cash flow within fiscal 2005; hence the entire amount is classified as long term. Interest on the term note borrowings ranged from
5.6% to 6.8% and 4.6% to 6.5% in 2004 and 2003, respectively. The term notes contain limited, customary non-financial covenants and events of default. The Partnership was in compliance with all covenants and restrictions at December 31, 2004.

In conjunction with the acquisition of the operating assets of Price (see Note 3), in August 2002, Verizon Wireless of the East LP, a subsidiary of the Partnership, obtained a $350 million term note from Verizon Investments
Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Verizon. The funds were used to partially fund the redemption of the debt assumed from Price. The term note bears interest at a fixed rate of approximately 8.9% per year. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears.
The term note is non-recourse to the partners of Verizon Wireless of the East LP and is guaranteed by Price. It matures four and one-half years after the closing of the Price acquisition (February 15, 2007) or six months following the occurrence of
certain specified events.

84

---

|
|

Fair Value

The carrying amounts and fair values of the Partnerships financial instruments as of December 31 consist of the following:

|                                        | December 31, |               
|--------------------------------------- | ------------ | --------------
|                                        | 2004         |               
|                                        |              |               
|(Dollars in Millions)                   |              | Carrying
Value
|                                        |              |               
|Demand and term notes due to affiliates | $            | 10,469        
|Fixed rate notes                        | $            | 2,495         
|Floating rate notes                     | $            | 1,525         
|Foreign exchange-forward contracts      | $            | 1             
|Partners capital subject to redemption | $            | 20,000        

The Partnerships trade receivables and payables, and debt maturing within one year are short term in nature. Accordingly, these instruments carrying value approximates fair value. The fair values of foreign
exchange-forward contracts are determined using quoted market prices. A discounted future cash flows method is used to determine the fair value of the fixed and floating rate notes.

Derivatives

The Partnership maintains foreign exchange-forward contracts to hedge foreign currency transactions; specifically Japanese Yen denominated capital lease obligations.  The Partnership had approximately $7 million and $76
million of foreign exchange contracts outstanding relating to foreign currency denominated capital lease obligations at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The contracts are designated as cash flow hedges and currently expire at various dates
through April 2005. The foreign exchange-forward contracts generally require the Partnership to exchange U.S. dollars for Yen at maturity of the Japanese Yen denominated obligations, at rates agreed to at inception of the contracts.

The Partnership could be at risk for any currency related fluctuations if the counterparties do not contractually comply. Should the counterparties not comply, the ultimate impact, if any, will be a function of the
difference in the cost of acquiring Yen at the time of delivery versus the contractually agreed upon price.

The Partnership has adopted SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities and its correcting amendments under SFAS No. 138, Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and
Certain Hedging Activities.  The ongoing effect of adoption on the Partnerships consolidated financial statements will be determined each quarter by several factors, including the specific hedging instruments in place and their
relationships to hedged items, as well as market conditions at the end of each period. For derivatives not designated as hedges, the Partnership recorded an immaterial gain for the year ended December 31, 2002, which was included in other, net in
the consolidated statements of operations. The impact to other comprehensive income (loss) for derivatives designated as cash flow-type hedges was a $3 million gain and $2 million loss, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003.
The impact on other comprehensive income (loss) for 2002 was immaterial.

|
|

Employee Savings and Profit Sharing Retirement Plans

The Partnership maintains the Verizon Wireless Savings and Retirement Plan (the VZW Plan) for the benefit of its employees. Effective January 1, 2001, employees of the Partnership are eligible to participate as
soon as practicable following their commencement of employment.

Beginning in 2002, under the employee savings component of the VZW Plan, employees may contribute, subject to IRS limitations, up to a total of 25% of eligible compensation, on a before-tax or after-tax basis, or as a
combination of before-tax and after-tax contributions, under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. In 2004, employees were able to contribute up to a total of 25% of eligible compensation.  Up to the first 6% of an employees eligible compensation contributed to the VZW Plan is matched 100% by the Partnership (75% in the case of former GTE employees who continue to participate in the GTE pension plan). The Partnership recognized approximately $98 million, $82 million and $71 million of expense related to
matching contributions for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

85

---

Beginning in 2001, under the profit sharing component of the VZW Plan the Partnership may elect, at the sole discretion of the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Representatives (the HRC), to contribute
an additional amount to the accounts of employees who have completed at least 12 months of service by December 1, 2001 in the form of a profit sharing contribution. The HRC declared profit sharing contributions of 3% of employees eligible
compensation for 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. The Partnership recognized approximately $64 million, $54 million and $47 million of expense related to profit sharing contributions for 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

|
|

The 2000 Verizon Wireless Long-Term Incentive Plan (the Plan) provides compensation opportunities to eligible employees and other participating affiliates of the Partnership. The Plan provides rewards that are
tied to the long-term performance of the Partnership. Under the Plan, VARs and RPUs are granted to eligible employees. The aggregate number of VARs and/or RPUs that may be issued under the Plan is approximately 343 million.

VARs reflect the change in the value of the Partnership, as defined in the plan, similar to stock options. Once VARs become vested, employees can exercise their VARs and receive a payment that is equal to the difference
between the VAR price on the date of grant and the VAR price on the date of exercise, less applicable taxes. VARs are fully exercisable three years from the date of grant with a maximum term of 10 years.  All VARs are granted at a price equal to the
estimated fair value of the Partnership, as defined in the plan, at the date of the grant.

On July 24, 2003, the Verizon Wireless Board of Representatives approved a long-term incentive grant of RPUs to all eligible employees. RPUs are very similar to restricted stock in that at the time of vesting, each RPU will
be worth the entire value of the unit. The RPUs will vest in full on December 31, 2005. The value of the RPUs is based on the estimated fair value of the Partnership. The final value of the grant will be adjusted based on the Partnerships
performance through December 31, 2005. Following the vest date, the RPUs will be automatically exercised and cashed out as soon as administratively practicable.

The Partnership employs standard valuation techniques to arrive at the fair value of the Partnership on a quarterly basis using publicly available information. These standard valuation techniques include both the income
approach and the market approach. The income approach uses future net cash flows discounted at market rates of return to arrive at an indication of fair value. The market approach compares the financial condition and operating performance of the
enterprise being appraised with that of publicly traded enterprises in the same or similar lines of business thought to be subject to corresponding business and economic risks, and environmental and political factors to arrive at an indication of
fair value.

Compensation expense resulting from the Plan was $544 million, $97 million and $20 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Awards outstanding at December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 under the Plan are summarized as follows:

|                               | RPUs (a)   |     |  | VARs (a)    |   |   | Weighted Average Exercise Price of
                            VARs (a) |  | VestedVARs(a) | 
|------------------------------ | ---------- | --- |  | ----------- | - | - | ----------------------------------------------------------------------- |  | ------------- | 
|                               |            |     |  |             |   |   |                                                                         |  |               | 
|Outstanding, January 1, 2002   | -          |     |  | 79,652,202  |   | $ | 21.17                                                                   |  | 1,129,602     | 
|Granted                        | -          |     |  | 53,980,943  |   |   | 9.10                                                                    |  |               | 
|Exercised                      | -          |     |  | (63,101     | ) |   | 11.46                                                                   |  |               | 
|Cancelled                      | -          |     |  | (6,652,385  | ) |   | 17.87                                                                   |  |               | 
|                               |            |     |  |             |   |   |                                                                         |  |               | 
|Outstanding, December 31, 2002 | -          |     |  | 126,917,659 |   |   | 16.22                                                                   |  | 1,403,298     | 
|Granted                        | 16,908,800 | (b) |  | 141,895     |   |   | 10.22                                                                   |  |               | 
|Exercised                      | -          |     |  | (6,150      | ) |   | 8.92                                                                    |  |               | 
|Cancelled                      | (508,723   | )   |  | (7,244,464  | ) |   | 14.63                                                                   |  |               | 
|                               |            |     |  |             |   |   |                                                                         |  |               | 
|Outstanding, December 31, 2003 | 16,400,077 |     |  | 119,808,940 |   |   | 16.31                                                                   |  | 26,345,600    | 
|Granted                        | 10,633     | (b) |  | 48,999,422  |   |   | 13.89                                                                   |  |               | 
|Exercised                      | -          |     |  | (2,143,783  | ) |   | 16.39                                                                   |  |               | 
|Cancelled                      | (1,288,317 | )   |  | (6,003,261  | ) |   | 14.65                                                                   |  |               | 
|                               |            |     |  |             |   |   |                                                                         |  |               | 
|Outstanding, December 31, 2004 | 15,122,393 |     |  | 160,661,318 |   | $ | 15.63                                                                   |  | 66,939,006    | 
|                               |            |     |  |             |   |   |                                                                         |  |               | 

|
|
|
|

The following table summarizes the status of the Partnerships VARs as of December 31, 2004:

86

---

|                         |  | VARs Outstanding |  | VARs Vested                                                                     | 
|------------------------ |  | ---------------- |  | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | 
|                         |  |                  |  |                                                                                 | 
|Range of Exercise Prices |  | VARs             |  | Weighted
                            Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years) | 
|                         |  |                  |  |                                                                                 | 
|$8.74 - $14.79           |  | 93,279,221       |  | 8.40                                                                            | 
|$14.80 - $22.19          |  | 43,224,393       |  | 6.76                                                                            | 
|$22.20 - $30.00          |  | 24,157,704       |  | 5.53                                                                            | 
|                         |  |                  |  |                                                                                 | 
|Total                    |  | 160,661,318      |  |                                                                                 | 
|                         |  |                  |  |                                                                                 | 

|
|

The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

|                           | For the Years Ended December 31, |     
|-------------------------- | -------------------------------- | ----
|(Dollars in Millions)      |                                  | 2004
|                           |                                  |     
|Current tax provision:     |                                  |     
|Federal                    | $                                | 216 
|State and local            |                                  | 68  
|                           |                                  |     
|                           |                                  | 284 
|                           |                                  |     
|Deferred tax provision:    |                                  |     
|Federal                    |                                  | 39  
|State and local            |                                  | 2   
|                           |                                  |     
|                           |                                  | 41  
|                           |                                  |     
|Provision for income taxes | $                                | 325 
|                           |                                  |     

A reconciliation of the income tax provision computed
    at the statutory tax rate to the Partnerships effective tax rate is
    as follows:

|                                                                | For the Years Ended December 31, |       
|--------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------- | ------
|(Dollars in Millions)                                           |                                  | 2004  
|                                                                |                                  |       
|Income tax provision at the statutory rate                      | $                                | 1,758 
|State income taxes, net of U.S. federal benefit                 |                                  | 52    
|Partnership income not subject to federal or state income taxes |                                  | (1,485
|Other, net                                                      |                                  | -     
|                                                                |                                  |       
|Provision for income tax                                        | $                                | 325   
|                                                                |                                  |       

Deferred taxes arise because of differences in the book and tax bases of certain assets and liabilities. The significant components of the Partnerships deferred tax assets and (liabilities) are as follows:

|                                       | December 31, |       
|-------------------------------------- | ------------ | ------
|(Dollars in Millions)                  |              | 2004  
|                                       |              |       
|Deferred tax assets:                   |              |       
|Bad debt                               | $            | 6     
|Accrued expenses                       |              | 29    
|Net operating loss carryover           |              | 46    
|Other                                  |              | -     
|                                       |              |       
|Total deferred tax assets              | $            | 81    
|                                       |              |       
|Deferred tax liabilities:              |              |       
|Property, plant and equipment          | $            | (489  
|Intangible assets                      |              | (3,709
|Other                                  |              | (63   
|                                       |              |       
|Total deferred tax liabilities         | $            | (4,261
|                                       |              |       
|                                       |              |       
|Net deferred tax asset-current         | $            | 35    
|Net deferred tax liability-non-current | $            | (4,215

Net operating loss carryovers of $145 million expire at various dates principally from December 31, 2017 through December 31, 2020.

87

---

|
|

Operating Leases

The Partnership has entered into operating leases for facilities and equipment used in its operations. Lease contracts include renewal options that include rent expense adjustments based on the Consumer Price Index as well
as annual and end-of-lease term adjustments. Rent expense is recorded on a straight-line basis. The noncancellable lease term used to calculate the amount of the straight-line rent expense is generally determined to be the initial lease term,
including any optional renewal terms that are reasonably assured. Leasehold improvements related to these operating leases are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the noncancellable lease term. For the years ended December
31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Partnership recognized rent expense related to payments under these operating leases of $510 million, $468 million and $406 million, respectively, in cost of service and $242 million, $255 million and $241 million,
respectively, in selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.

Capital Leases

The Partnership has certain sales/leasebacks for network equipment which are accounted for as financings, whereby a sale was not recorded and a capital lease obligation was recorded for the proceeds received. The related
depreciation of assets recorded under capital leases is included in depreciation and amortization in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.

Future minimum payments under these and other capital lease obligations, a portion of which are payable in Japanese Yen, less imputed interest, and the aggregate future minimum rental commitments under noncancellable
operating leases, excluding renewal options that are not reasonably assured for the periods are as follows:

|(Dollars in Millions)                                    |   | Operating Leases |  |   | Capital Leases |  
|-------------------------------------------------------- | - | ---------------- |  | - | -------------- | -
|                                                         |   |                  |  |   |                |  
|Years                                                    |   |                  |  |   |                |  
|2005                                                     | $ | 687              |  | $ | 10             |  
|2006                                                     |   | 579              |  |   | -              |  
|2007                                                     |   | 459              |  |   | -              |  
|2008                                                     |   | 363              |  |   | -              |  
|2009                                                     |   | 250              |  |   | -              |  
|2010 and thereafter                                      |   | 699              |  |   | -              |  
|                                                         |   |                  |  |   |                |  
|Total minimum payments                                   | $ | 3,037            |  |   | 10             |  
|                                                         |   |                  |  |   |                |  
|Less: imputed interest                                   |   |                  |  |   | (1             | )
|                                                         |   |                  |  |   |                |  
|Obligations under capital leases                         |   |                  |  |   | 9              |  
|Less: current capital lease obligations                  |   |                  |  |   | (9             | )
|                                                         |   |                  |  |   |                |  
|Long-term capital lease obligations at December 31, 2004 |   |                  |  | $ | -              |  
|                                                         |   |                  |  |   |                |  

|
|

In addition to transactions with affiliates in Note 6, other significant transactions with affiliates are summarized as follows:

|                                                          | For the Years Ended December 31, |     
|--------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------- | ----
|(Dollars in Millions)                                     |                                  | 2004
|                                                          |                                  |     
|Revenue related to transactions with affiliated companies | $                                | 95  
|Cost of service (a)                                       | $                                | 608 
|Certain general and administrative expenses (b)           | $                                | 89  
|Interest expense, net                                     | $                                | 596 

|
|
|
|

Under the terms of the partnership agreement between Verizon and Vodafone, the Partnership is required to make annual distributions to its partners to pay taxes. Additionally, the Partnership is required, subject to
compliance with specified financial tests, to pay distributions to the partners based upon a calculation specified in the partnership agreement.

88

---

Based on the financial tests performed, the Partnership made distributions to its partners for the following periods:

|(Dollars in Millions) |  |                                 |  |                          |       |    
|--------------------- |  | ------------------------------- |  | ------------------------ | ----- | ---
|Period Paid           |  | Distribution Measurement Period |  | Distribution 
Amount (b) |      
|                      |  |                                 |  |                          |       |    
|August 2004           |  | January through June 30, 2004   |  | $                        | 1,812 |    
|February 2004         |  | July through December 31, 2003  |  | $                        | 1,441 |    
|                      |  |                                 |  |                          |       |    
|August 2003           |  | January through June 30, 2003   |  | $                        | 1,148 |    
|February 2003         |  | July through December 31, 2002  |  | $                        | 1,225 | (a)
|                      |  |                                 |  |                          |       |    
|August 2002           |  | January through June 30, 2002   |  | $                        | 862   |    
|                      |  |                                 |  |                          |       |    

| |    
| | ---
| | (a)
| | (b)

In December 2002, a 57.13% partnership interest in Pennsylvania RSA6 (B1), valued at approximately $24 million, was contributed to the Partnership from Verizon.

On October 14, 2003, the Partnership received, on behalf of its partners, a final purchase payment in respect of the disposition of the Chicago market that had previously been beneficially owned jointly by Verizon and
Vodafone. The receipt of this payment triggered an obligation of Verizon and Vodafone pursuant to Section 7.6 of the Alliance Agreement, as amended, to calculate certain payments received and expenses paid by Verizon, Vodafone and each of their
respective affiliates in connection with overlap market dispositions, together with certain adjustments.  Also pursuant to this provision, upon completion of this calculation, either Verizon or Vodafone is required to make a payment to the
Partnership under certain circumstances. Verizon and Vodafone have not yet finalized this calculation. However, the Partnership expects that, once finalized, the calculation will result in a payment by Verizon to the Partnership. The Partnership
expects to use such payment immediately to reduce the debt it owes to Verizon. This payment will not alter the percentage interests of any of our partners in the Partnership, and it is not expected to have a material impact on the overall financial
position of the Partnership.

|
|

Under the terms of an agreement entered into among the Partnership, Verizon and Vodafone on April 3, 2000, Vodafone may require the Partnership to purchase up to an aggregate of $20 billion of Vodafones interest in
the Partnership, at its then fair market value. Up to $10 billion was redeemable during the 61-day period that opened on June 10 and closed on August 9 in 2004. Vodafone did not exercise its redemption rights during that period. As a result, $20
billion, not to exceed $10 billion in any one year, remains redeemable during the 61-day periods opening on June 10 and closing on August 9 in 2005, 2006 and/or 2007.  Verizon has the right, exercisable at its sole discretion, to purchase all or a
portion of this interest instead of the Partnership. However, even if Verizon exercises this right, Vodafone has the option to require the Partnership to purchase up to $7.5 billion of this interest redeemable during the 61-day periods opening on
June 10 and closing on August 9 in 2005, 2006 and/or 2007 with cash or contributed debt. Accordingly, $20 billion of partners capital has been classified as redeemable on the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets.

The Alliance Agreement contains a provision, subject to specified limitations, that requires Vodafone and Verizon to indemnify the Partnership for certain contingencies, excluding PrimeCo contingencies, arising prior to the
formation of Verizon Wireless.

The Partnership is subject to lawsuits and other claims, including class actions and claims relating to product liability, patent infringement, intellectual property, antitrust, partnership disputes, and relations with
resellers and agents. The Partnership is also defending lawsuits filed against the Partnership and other participants in the wireless industry alleging adverse health effects as a result of wireless phone usage. Various consumer class action
lawsuits allege that the Partnership violated certain state consumer protection laws and other statutes and defrauded customers through misleading billing practices or statements. These matters may involve indemnification obligations by third
parties and/or affiliated parties covering all or part of any potential damage awards against the Partnership and/or insurance coverage.

From time to time, the Partnership receives inquiries from state Attorneys General offices or other consumer-protection agencies seeking information about our advertising, consumer disclosures and/or billing practices. In
March 2001, the Partnership and two other wireless carriers received a letter of inquiry on behalf of a multi-state group of Attorneys General, requesting information concerning the advertising and marketing of various products and services offered
by the Partnership, as well as information concerning various billing practices.  In July 2004, each of the wireless carriers entered into an Assurance of Voluntary Compliance concluding the inquiry with respect to 32 states.  The Assurance requires
each of the carriers to adopt certain

89

---

advertising, sales and billing practices. The Partnership does not expect the settlement to have a material impact on the Partnerships business practices, results of operations or financial condition.

All of the above matters are subject to many uncertainties, and outcomes are not predictable with assurance. Consequently, the ultimate liability with respect to these matters as of December 31, 2004 cannot be ascertained.
The potential effect, if any, on the consolidated financial statements of the Partnership, in the period in which these matters are resolved, may be material.

In addition to the aforementioned matters, the Partnership is subject to various other legal actions and claims in the normal course of business. While the Partnerships legal counsel cannot give assurance as to the
outcome of each of these other matters, in managements opinion, based on the advice of such legal counsel, the ultimate liability with respect to any of these actions, or all of them combined, will not materially affect the consolidated
financial statements of the Partnership.

Proposed Acquisitions

On July 1, 2004, the Partnership signed an agreement with Qwest Wireless, L.L.C. to purchase Qwest Wireless' spectrum licenses and wireless network assets for $418 million, increasing its capacity in key existing markets
and expanding its network into new markets. The agreement includes spectrum licenses in 62 markets in 14 western and mid-western states, covering a population of 30.8 million people. The transaction remains subject to FCC approval and is expected to
close in the first quarter of 2005.

On November 4, 2004, the Partnership signed an agreement for its purchase of all of the stock of NextWave Telecom Inc., pursuant to which it will acquire 23 PCS licenses for $3 billion in cash. The Partnership expects to
fund the purchase through cash flow from operations and borrowings from affiliates. The licenses cover a population of approximately 73 million and will provide spectrum capacity in key markets such as New York, Los Angeles, Boston, Washington D.C.
and Detroit, and will expand the Partnerships footprint into Tulsa, Oklahoma. The Department of Justice, the FCC and the Bankruptcy Court have all approved the transaction, which is expected to close in April 2005.

On December 22, 2004, the Partnership signed an agreement with Urban Comm-North Carolina, Inc. to purchase PCS spectrum in ten markets in eastern North Carolina for $68.5 million in cash. The licenses, which cover a
population of approximately 3.9 million, provide both additional capacity for voice and data services as well as service expansion opportunities in certain of the license areas. The Department of Justice and the Bankruptcy Court have approved the
transaction; however, it is subject to Urban Comm and the FCC reaching agreement settling certain pending matters, as well as approval of the transaction by the FCC. The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2005.

|
|

On February 15, 2005, the FCC concluded an auction of 242 PCS licenses. The Partnership was the high bidder on 26 licenses, with bids totaling $364.9 million. The 26 licenses cover a population of approximately 20 million,
including approximately 2.2 million in markets where the Partnership does not currently hold licenses. The licenses cover major markets, such as Charlotte, Cleveland, St. Louis and San Diego. In addition, Vista PCS, LLC (Vista) was high
bidder on 37 licenses available only to entities qualifying as a small business under FCC rules. Vista is a joint venture owned 80% by the Partnership and 20% by Valley Communications, LLC, which controls it, although the Partnership
will consolidate its results.  Vistas winning bids totaled $332.4 million. The 37 licenses cover a population of approximately 34.4 million, including approximately 2.2 million in markets where the Partnership does not currently hold licenses.
The licenses cover major markets, such as Charlotte, Cincinnati, Houston, Norfolk, Pittsburgh and Seattle. The Partnership has committed funding to Vista, through capital contributions and loans, in the amount of $314 million towards the payment for
the licenses.

On February 18, 2005, the Partnership signed an additional promissory note with a wholly-owned subsidiary of Verizon that permits the Partnership to borrow, repay and reborrow from time-to-time up to a maximum principal
amount of $6.5 billion with a maturity date of February 22, 2008. Amounts borrowed under the note bear interest at a rate per annum equal to one-month LIBOR plus 20 basis points for each interest period, with the interest rate being adjusted on the
first business day of each month.

90

---

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Cellco Partnership d/b/a Verizon Wireless (the Partnership) as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 2004, managements assessment of the effectiveness of the Partnerships internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, and the effectiveness of the Partnerships internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2004, and have issued our reports thereon dated February 22, 2005; such consolidated financial statements and reports are included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. Our audits also included the consolidated financial statement schedule of
the Partnership listed in Item 15. This consolidated financial statement schedule is the responsibility of the Partnerships management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits. In our opinion, such consolidated
financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

91

---

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts  Cellco Partnership (d/b/a Verizon Wireless)


|(in millions)                   |  | Balance at beginning of the year |     | Additions charged to operations |   | Write-offs, net of recoveries |  | Balance at end of the year |     
|------------------------------- |  | -------------------------------- | --- | ------------------------------- | - | ----------------------------- |  | -------------------------- | ----
|                                |  |                                  |     |                                 |   |                               |  |                            |     
|Accounts Receivable Allowances: |  |                                  |     |                                 |   |                               |  |                            |     
|2004                            |  | $                                | 234 |                                 | $ | 227                           |  | $                          | (238
|2003                            |  | $                                | 282 |                                 | $ | 325                           |  | $                          | (373
|2002                            |  | $                                | 324 |                                 | $ | 442                           |  | $                          | (484
|                                |  |                                  |     |                                 |   |                               |  |                            |     
|Inventory Allowances:           |  |                                  |     |                                 |   |                               |  |                            |     
|2004                            |  | $                                | 17  |                                 | $ | 44                            |  | $                          | (2  
|2003                            |  | $                                | 16  |                                 | $ | 32                            |  | $                          | (31 
|2002                            |  | $                                | 13  |                                 | $ | 68                            |  | $                          | (65 

92

---

|Signatures
|----------

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Cellco Partnership

|DateMarch
          14, 2005 |  | By:  /s/ John Townsend
|---------------------------- |  | ----------------------
|                             |  |                       
|                             |  |                       
|                             |  |                       



Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

|Principal Executive Officer:       |                  |                               |  |               
|---------------------------------- | ---------------- | ----------------------------- |  | --------------
|                                   |                  |                               |  |               
|By: /s/ Dennis F. Strigl           |                  | Representative, President and |  | March 14, 2005
|                                   |                  | Chief Executive Officer       |  |               
|                                   | Dennis F. Strigl |                               |  |               
|                                   |                  |                               |  |               
|Principal Financial and Accounting |                  |                               |  |               
|Officer:                           |                  |                               |  |               
|By: /s/ John Townsend              |                  | Vice President and            |  | March 14, 2005
|                                   |                  | Chief Financial Officer       |  |               
|                                   | John Townsend    |                               |  |               

93

---

|Signatures  Continued
|----------------------

|*                         |  | Chairman of the Board of Representatives |  | March 14, 2005
|------------------------- |  | ---------------------------------------- |  | --------------
|                          |  |                                          |  |               
|(Ivan G. Seidenberg)      |  |                                          |  |               
|                          |  |                                          |  |               
|*                         |  | Representative                           |  | March 14, 2005
|                          |  |                                          |  |               
|(Arun Sarin)              |  |                                          |  |               
|                          |  |                                          |  |               
|*                         |  | Representative                           |  | March 14, 2005
|                          |  |                                          |  |               
|(Lawrence T. Babbio, Jr.) |  |                                          |  |               
|                          |  |                                          |  |               
|*                         |  | Representative                           |  | March 14, 2005
|                          |  |                                          |  |               
|(Doreen A. Toben)         |  |                                          |  |               
|                          |  |                                          |  |               
|*                         |  | Representative                           |  | March 14, 2005
|                          |  |                                          |  |               
|(Lowell C. McAdam)        |  |                                          |  |               
|                          |  |                                          |  |               
|*                         |  | Representative                           |  | March 14, 2005
|                          |  |                                          |  |               
|(Julian Horn-Smith)       |  |                                          |  |               
|                          |  |                                          |  |               
|*                         |  | Representative                           |  | March 14, 2005
|                          |  |                                          |  |               
|(Kenneth J. Hydon)        |  |                                          |  |               
|                          |  |                                          |  |               
|*                         |  | Representative                           |  | March 14, 2005
|                          |  |                                          |  |               
|(Gavin Darby)             |  |                                          |  |               

|*By:/s/ Dennis F.
Strigl
|------------------------
|                        
|                        
|                        
|                        
|                        
|*By:   /s/ John Townsend
|                        
|                        
|                        

94

---